1 TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT EAGLE STP Maintenance & Database Administration TK145 EAGLE 5 STP Release 41.0
Oct 30, 2014
1TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
EAGLE STP Maintenance
& Database Administration
TK145 EAGLE 5 STP Release 41.0
2TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Table of Contents
Module 1 Signaling System 7 Overview……………………….............. 9Module 2 Frames and Shelves……………………………………….… 39Module 3 Subsystems and Cards……………………………………... 81
Lesson 1 Maintenance and Administration Subsystem……………... 83Lesson 2 Communication Subsystem………………………………... 107Lesson 3 Application Subsystem..................................................... 115
Module 4 Basic System Administration…………………………….... 137Module 5 Database Creation…………………………………………... 171
Lesson 1 Provision the basics of the EAGLE 5 STP/Provision Low Speed DS0 Signaling Links………………………………... 173
Lesson 2 Provision T1 Signaling Links............................................ 189Lesson 3 Provision E1 Signaling Links………………………………. 201Lesson 4 Provision ATM Signaling Links……………………………. 217
Module 6 Database Management…………………………………….. 245Module 7 EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance………………………………...271Appendix A EAGLE 5 STP Features..…………………………………… 325Appendix B Database Creation…………………………………………....356
3TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
3
After this Course, you should be able to
Learn the basic structure and protocol for an SS7 network
Know the hardware of the EAGLE STP
Understand the structure, function and configuration of subsystem components
Construct a database with management procedures
Perform preventive and corrective procedures
Locate and use the EAGLE STP user’s documentation
Course Objectives
4TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
4
Course Logistics
Course Instructor• Introduction
Student Attendance and Participation• Certificate of course completion
Class Times and Breaks• Start and End• Lunch• Stretch, refreshment
Classmates• Tent cards• Name, company, position• Background/experience
Security• Laboratory• Building• Emergency Evacuation Procedure
5TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
5
In this guide, you will find the following structure:
Large units of learning are called Modules. • A Module is divided into smaller units of learning called
Lessons.Each Module consists of:• Objectives for the entire module (aggregate of all lessons)• One or more lessons
Each Lesson consists of:• Lesson Objectives• Presentation and Lecture• Check-Your-Learning review questions• Hands-on Learning Activities (most lessons)
Student Guide Layout
6TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Software copies of the listed EAGLE STP user manuals will be available for use during classroom and laboratory activities. Your instructor will direct you to the appropriate manual. Remember – the software version might differ from the one you have on your site, so always use your site software as the “official” source of information when using your site system.
At the end of each day, you may complete a Daily Progress Review form. This form will give you an opportunity to evaluate your learning progress and request additional information on topics covered during that day of training. Please include your name on the form so your question or concern can be addressed.
6
Training Strategies and Materials
Participant-Centered Training• Based on learning objectives• Lecture & discussion• Question & answer• Hands-on exercises• Daily performance reviews
Student Training Guide• Classroom & laboratory
Tekelec Product User’s Guides• Installation EAGLE 5 ISS manual• Hardware Signaling Products manual• Maintenance manual• Unsolicited Alarm and Information Messages manual• Commands manual• Commands Error Recovery manual• Database Administration manual - SS7
7TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
7
Pre-Instructional Survey
Answer the questions to the best of your ability.You are not expected to be able to correctly answer all the questions prior to instruction.The results will help the instructor emphasize areas required by all class members.
8TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Pre-Instructional Survey
1. The maximum number of signaling links for the EAGLE is 1000. True or False
2. How many types of frames does the EAGLE STP have?
3. How many Serial I/O ports are there? A.12 B. 14 C. 16 D. 18
4. How are the processors of the EAGLE STP labeled? A. Processor Copy 0 and 1 B. Processor A and B C. MASP A and MASP B
5. How many links are supported on the E5-E1/T1 card in the channelized mode?
6. A composite clock is always required for the EAGLE STP. True or False
7. How often should the spare cards be rotated into the EAGLE for maintenance?
8. What two cards may be used in the IMT Bus?
9. What is the purpose of the E5-SM4G card?
10. How many card slots are powered by one fuse?
11. How many High Speed links (HSL) are supported on the E5-E1/T1?
12. How many Capability Point Codes may be entered in the EAGLE STP?
13. What commands may be used to assign point codes to the EAGLE STP?
9TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
Signaling System 7 Overview
Module 1
10TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
10
After this Module, you should be able to
Identify and describe the different signaling points
Describe the different point code structures
Identify and describe the types of signaling links
Identify and describe the functional modules of the SS7 protocol
Module 1 Objectives
11TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The SS7 Network is configured separately from the voice network.Because the SS7 network is critical to call processing, SCPs and STPs are usually deployed as mated pairs. Traffic is shared across all links in the linkset. If one of the links fails, the signaling traffic is rerouted over another link in the linkset. The SS7 protocol provides both error correction and retransmission capabilities to allow continued service in the event of signaling point or link failures.All signaling points in the SS7 network perform network management functions to redirect traffic around failed signaling points and or signaling links.SS7 Network supports the following functions:
•Switching messages to provide voice path connectivity from one telephone office to anotherand basic call setup, management, and tear down.•Provides access to databases for enhanced call features such as call forwarding, calling party name/number display, three-way calling.•Wireless services - wireless roaming, mobile subscriber authentication•Local Number Portability (LNP)•Toll-free (800/888) and toll (900) wireline services•Efficient and secure worldwide telecommunications
11
SS7 Network Components
SS7 Standard •A digital signaling standard defining procedures and protocol by which elements in the public switched telephone network (PSTN) and Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) exchange information
Types of Signaling Points•Service Switching Point (SSP or MSC)•Service Control Point (SCP, HLR, or VLR)•Signaling Transfer Point (STP)
Signaling Points•Provide access to the SS7 network•Provide access to databases•Transfer messages to other signaling points•Each signaling point has a point code address SCP HLR
MSC
SSP
SSPSTP
STP
STP
MSCSTP
The Voice network between switches is separate from the SS7 Signaling network
Signaling Network
Voice Network
TANDEM TANDEM
12TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The SSP is a tandem, Class 4/5 office, or MSC and is the interface to the networks outside of the SS7 network.SSPs are switches that originate, terminate, or tandem calls. An SSP sends signaling messages to other SSPs to setup, manage, and release voice circuits required to complete a call. An SSP may also send a query message to a centralized database (an SCP) to determine how to route a call (e.g., a toll-free 1-800/888 call in North America).Actual call features vary from network to network and from service to service.A SSP can be any of the following:
•Customer switch•End office•Access tandem•Tandem Switch•MSC (Mobile Switching Center)•Dial Central Office (DCO)
12
Service Switching Point (SSP)
•The SSP (end office, access tandem or Mobile Switching Center MSC) is a telecom switch with a database allowing it to interactwith the SS7 network.
•Originates signaling packets to be sent into the SS7 network•Terminates signaling packets sent from the SS7 network•Accesses databases to request information needed to perform callsetup/tear-down
SCPSSP/
STPMSC
13TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
An SCP serves an interface to large databases used by telephone carriers for number translation, network management and line information. Common SCP applications include:
•Call Management Services Database (CMSDB)Call processing information such as routing instructions for 800, 900, 976 special service numbers and billing information such as billing address and third party billingNetwork management functionsCall sampling for traffic studies
•Line Information Database (LIDB)Calling card information such as calling card validation, PIN information, and calling card fraudulent use preventionThird party billing and collect call handling instructionsOriginating line number screening - custom calling features such as call forwarding and speed dialing
•Calling Name Database (CNAM) Provides calling number and calling name information to customers that have Caller ID service
•Home Location Register (HLR)Used in wireless networks to store wireless subscriber information such as billing information, services allowed, and current location information for retrieval by Mobile Switching Centers (MSCs)
•Visitor Location Register (VLR)When a wireless telephone is not recognized by the local Mobile Switching Center (MSC) the MSC originates a query into the network requesting validation information from the subscriber’s HLRUsed to store current location for visiting subscribers and sends this information to the HLR
13
Service Control Point (SCP)
The SCP is a centralized database used to store information about:
•Subscriber’s services
•Routing of special numbers (800, 900 numbers)
•Calling card validation and fraud protection
•ANSI Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN) services
•ITU Intelligent Network services
SCPSSP/STP
SCP Databases
MSC
HLRVLR
14TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Network traffic between signaling points is typically routed via a packet switch called an STP. STPs are actually SS7 routers placed in the heart of the SS7 network used to route incoming messages based on routing information contained in the message.STPs are typically deployed in pairs for redundancy.STPS perform MTP3 network management procedures used to reroute traffic around failed signaling links and signaling points.Measurement data is collected by the STP to provide statistics on traffic engineering, network usage as well as signaling links and linksets. An STP is capable of performing global title translation, a procedure by which the destination signaling point is determined from digits present in the signaling message (e.g., the dialed 800 number, calling card number, or mobile subscriber identification number). STPs with inter-network connections are considered gateway STPs. They provide an interface between both ANSI to ANSI, ANSI to ITU and ITU to ITU networks.An STP can also perform gateway screening which acts like a "firewall" to screen SS7 messages incoming from other networks.The EAGLE 5 STP is also capable of performing Local Number Portability (LNP).
14
Signaling Transfer Point (STP)
The STP performs the following functions:SS7 Router Network ManagementMeasurement DataGlobal Title Translation (GTT)Gateway FunctionGateway Screening (GWS)Local Number Portability (LNP)
SCP
SSP
STP
15TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Just as homes and businesses need a unique address in order to receive mail, so also do SS7 signaling points need a unique address in order to receive SS7 messages intended for each signaling point.There are 4 different types of point codes used today. They will be discussed on the next 4 slides.
15
Signaling Point Codes
All Signaling Points must have a Unique Point Code for Message Routing Purposes.There are four types of Point Codes used today:• ANSI Point Codes (24 bit)• ITU International Point Codes (14 bit)• ITU National Point Codes (14 bit)• ITU National Point Codes (24 bit)
16TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Using this point code structure a large network may have up to 65,536 point codes with only 1 Network indicator, all Clusters and members of that Network Indicator.The ANSI point code structure allows for 16,777,216 point codes, which is more than adequate for North America.
16
ANSI Signaling Point Codes
ANSI point codes are divided into three parts:• Network Indicator – NI
- Range of values for NI = 000-255 (8 bits)• Network Cluster – NC
- Range of values for NC = 000-255 (8 bits)• Network Cluster Member – NCM
- Range of values for NCM = 000-255 (8 bits)• Point Code example – 240-012-140
Larger North American Networks will be assigned one or more network indicators, all network clusters, and network cluster member valuesSmaller North American Networks share network indicators, network clusters, and even network cluster members, depending on the size of the network
17TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The ITU International point code structure allows for 16,384 point codes to allow signaling between all ITU countries, and also between ITU and ANSI countries.
NOTE: Only 14 bits are used for ITU International point codes.
17
ITU International point codes are divided into three parts:• Zone
- Range of values for Zone = 0-7 (3 bits)• Area
- Range of values for Area = 0-255 (8 bits)• ID
- Range of values for ID = 0-7 (3 bits)• Point Code example – 04-208-06
ITU Networks use these point code types for signaling from their home network to networks outside their respective countries.
ITU International Signaling Point Codes
18TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The ITU National point code structure allows for 16,384 point codes to allow signaling between all networks within a single country.
NOTE: Only 14 bits are used for single value ITU National point codes.
Procedure for converting a single number ITU national point code to a multiple-part ITUnational point is as follows:1. Enter the command, chg-stpopts:npcfmti=3-8-3-0. This command will convert all single
value ITU national point codes currently entered in the STP to the 3-8-3-0 format.2. To understand the conversion, the following steps may be performed:
1. Using a scientific calculator convert the point code to a binary number.2. The number 15045 converts to the binary number 11101011000101.3. Divide the binary number into the number of parts using the 3-8-3-0 format. The result
of the conversion is 111 01011000 101.4. Convert each part of the point code into a binary number using a scientific calculator.
The results are as follows.111 01011000 101 = 7-88-5.Note: Details concerning point code conversion is found in the Commands Manual, Appendix A –
Reference Information.
18
ITU National Point Codes have two possible values:• NNNN
- Range of values for NNNNN = 0-16383 (14 bits)• 2, 3, or 4 member numbers separated by dashes
- Range of values for the 4 member numbers are:» M1 = 0-7 (3 bits)» M2 = 0-15 (4 bits)» M3 = 0-15 (4 bits)» M4 = 0-7 (3 bits)
- The sum of these 4 member numbers must be 14 bits- Point Code examples - 15045 (14-0-0-0 format example) or
007-088-005 (format 3-8-3-0 example)- The EAGLE 5 STP default value is 14-0-0-0
ITU Networks use these point code types for signaling in their home network and to other networks inside their respective countries.
ITU National Signaling Point Codes
19TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The ITU-N24 point code structure allows for 16,777,216 point codes.
19
ITU National 24 bit point codes are divided into three parts:• Main Signaling Area – MSA
- Range of values for MSA = 000-255 (8 bits)• Sub Signaling Area – SSA
- Range of values for SSA = 000-255 (8 bits)• Signaling Point – SP
- Range of values for NCM = 000-255 (8 bits)• Point Code example – 140-123- 028
Currently, this point code structure is used in China.
ITU National Signaling Point Codes (24 bit)
20TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The Cluster Routing and Management Diversity (CRMD) feature:Eliminates the need for a full point code entry in the routing table to route to every signaling point in every network Allows the EAGLE to configure one routeset to an entire cluster of destinationsA cluster is defined as a group of signaling points whose point codes have identical values for the network and cluster fields of the point code. A cluster entry in the routing table is shown with an asterisk (*) in the member field of the point code.Note: Cluster entries can only be provisioned as ANSI destination point codes
Nested Cluster Routing:Provides a mechanism that allows both cluster and member routes to be provisioned in the same clusterNetwork Routing allows routing by network indicator (005 - * - *)Allows the user to provision a single route set that will be used for all MSUs destined to members of that networkTo use the CRMD feature, the feature must be turned on with the chg-feat command. Once the feature is turned on, it cannot be turned off.
20
EAGLE Cluster Routing Model
002-002-001
002-002-002
Cluster 005-005-*005-005-001
005-005-003
005-005-005
005-005-004
005-005-006005-005-002
002-002-003
005-005-000
005-005-000
ent-rte:lsn=ls01:rc=10:dpc=005-005-*
ent-rte:lsn=ls02:rc-10:dpc=005-005-*
ent-rte:lsn=ls03:rc=30:dpc=005-005-*
ls01
ls01
ls02
ls02
002-002-000
002-002-000
ls03
21TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
A linkset is defined as a grouping of all the signaling links from one signaling point (local) to another signaling point (adjacent). It is assigned a linkset name which will identify the far end signaling point, often called a 2-6 code, where 2 letters and 6 numbers in the linkset name identify the adjacent signaling point.Signaling links are physical connections used in the SS7 network to connect the various nodes. The linksets have a designated identity to define the type of connection provided.On the EAGLE we build a linkset and then assign signaling links to the linkset.The maximum number of signaling links in a linkset is 16. A Signaling Link Code (SLC) identifies the order of the signaling links in a linkset, with a range of 0-15 with the first signaling link in a linkset assigned SLC-0. The SLC must match on both ends of the signaling link for the signaling link to operate.Linkset types between different types of Signaling Points are identified with letters, A-F. All Signaling Links assigned to a linkset take on the assigned linkset type, thus becoming signaling link types A-F.Signaling Link types are discussed on the next slide.
21
Linksets and Signaling Links
MSCSTP
SCP
SSP
SSP
STP
STP
STPMSC
HLR
22TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
•A (Access) Links provide STP-SSP and STP-SCP connectivityUsually provided as at least two links, one to each of the paired STPs.May be provisioned as a combined linkset, or routeset, providing a total maximum number of 32 links between an SSP and a pair of STPs.
•B (Bridge) Links connect STPs to other STPs of the same hierarchical level "B" links would interconnect pairs of Local STPs, or pairs of Gateway STPs. The distinction between a "B" link and a "D" link is rather arbitrary. For this reason, such links may be referred to as "B/D" links.
•C (Cross) Links connect mated pairs of STPUsed primarily for network management traffic.May be used as an SS7 traffic path if necessary to provide MSU delivery.
•D (Diagonal) Links connect STPs to other STPs of different hierarchical levels "D" links would interconnect a local STP pair to a Gateway STP pair. The distinction between a "B" link and a "D" link is rather arbitrary. For this reason, such links may be referred to as "B/D" links.
•E (Extended) Links connect an SSP to an STP other than its home STP."E" (extended) links connect an SSP to an alternate STP pair. "E" links provide an alternatesignaling path primarily for SCCP message redundancy. "E" links are not usually provisioned unless the benefit of a marginally higher degree ofreliability justifies the added expense.
•F (Fully Associated) Links provide SSP to SSP connectivitySSPs must be adjacentProvides only call setup/call teardown capabilitiesBecause of the prevalence of queries through the SS7 network, F links are rarely employed.
22
Linkset and Signaling Link Types
STP
STP
STP
STP STP
STP
SSP
SSP
SCP
SCP
A-Links
A-Links
C-Links C-Links
B-Links
B-Links
D-Links
A-Links
A-LinksE-Links
SSP
F-Links
23TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
•Fill-In-Signal Unit (FISU)Automatically generated in both directions on all signaling links as traffic volume increases or decreases
Provides continuous error checking on signaling links when there are no MSUs
Allows the SS7 network to maintain its reliability
Lowest level signal unit
Contains basic level 2 information only (i.e., acknowledgment of signal unit receipt by a remote signaling point)
•Link Status Signal Unit (LSSU)Contains one or two octets (8-bit bytes) of link status information
Used to control link alignment
Indicates the status of a signaling point (e.g., local processor outage) to the remote signaling point
•Message Signal Unit (MSU)Call control
Database query and response
Network management
Network maintenance
Routing label which consists of an origination and a destination point code
23
SS7 Protocol - Signal Units
FlagBSNBIBFSNFIBLISpareCheck Sum
First LastFill-in Signal Unit (FISU)
16 2 6 1 7 1 7 8 Length in bits
Level 2
LI FlagBSNBIBFSNFIBSpareStatusCheck Sum
First LastLink Status Signal Unit (LSSU)
16 8 or 16 2 6 1 7 1 7 8 Level 2 Level 2Level 3
FlagBSNBIBFSNFIBLISpareSIOSIFCheck Sum
First LastMessage Signal Unit (MSU)
16 8-272 8 2 6 1 7 1 7 8Level 2Level 2 Level 3
(octets)
24TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Flag - acts as a delimiter for SUs. A flag marks the end of one SU and the start of the next SU. Always looks like this 01111110.Backward Sequence Number (BSN) - used to confirm receipt of SUs and to ensure they are received in the order they were transmitted. The BSN value will match that of the last successfully received SUs FSN. Value can be 0-127, or 128 possible SUs in receive bufferBackward Indicator Bit (BIB) - Indicates a negative acknowledgement if the bit does not match the FIB bit value, either 0 or 1Forward Sequence Number (FSN) - Contains the sequence number of a transmitted SU. Can be between 0-127, or 128 possible SUs in transmit bufferForward Indicator Bit (FIB) - Used in error recovery like the BIB. When messages are transmitted in error, and the BIB has changed from 1 to 0, or 0 to 1, the FIB will change to match the BIB when the corrupted messages have been successfully retransmitted. If there are no erred messages, the BIB and FIB will have the same value, 0 or 1.Length Indicator (LI) - Indicates length of the SU. FISU LI = 0, LSSU LI = 1 or 2, MSU LI = 3 to 63. If the MSU is larger than 63 octets (bytes) it will not be indicated. Max 273 octets.Spare - Used as a filler since the LI only uses 6 of the possible 8 bitsCheck Sum - is calculated from the transmitted message by the transmitting signaling point and inserted in the message. On receipt it is recalculated by receiving signaling point. If not the same, the message is corrupt and retransmission is requested
24
Fill-in Signal Unit (FISU)
FlagBSNBIBFSNFIBLISpareCheck Sum
First LastFill-in Signal Unit (FISU)
16 2 6 1 7 1 7 8 Length in bits
Level 2
25TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The LSSU has one unique field, the status field (SF). The SF can have any one of six different status indications. Those status indications are:•Busy (SIB) - level 2 is busy, or congested at transmitting signaling point. A SP will suspend MSUs when it receives a busy LSSU. If the condition lasts 3-6 sec. Level 3 will be informed of a link failure and begin alignment procedure.•Processor Outage (SIPO) - transmitting signaling point cannot communicate with levels 3 and 4, possibly due to a CPU or total nodal failure, or being manually taken out of service with the canc-slk command.•Out of Service (SIOS) - signaling point cannot transmit or receive any MSUs for reasons other than processor outage. Upon receipt of an SIOS the receiving SP stops the transmission of MSUs and begins transmitting FISUs. It is also sent at the beginning of the alignment procedure.•Out of Alignment (SIO) - sent when a link has failed, is restored and alignment procedure has been initiated, but proving period parameters have not been met.•Normal Alignment (SIN) - procedure used when there is more than one slk in the affectedlinkset. During the alignment process, the slk is looking for 4 successful normal alignment LSSUs in a 2.3 sec. proving period.If it fails it will go out of alignment again.•Emergency Alignment (SIE) - procedure used when there is there is only one slk in a linkset. During the alignment process, the slk is looking for 1 successful emergency alignment LSSU in a .6 sec. proving period.
25
Link Status Signal Unit (LSSU)
LI FlagBSNBIBFSNFIBSpareStatusCheck Sum
First LastLink Status Signal Unit (LSSU)
16 8 or 16 2 6 1 7 1 7 8 Level 2 Level 2Level 3
26TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The MSU provides the structure for transmitting all message types such as ISUP, TUP, TCAP, MAP.An MSU has two unique fields:•Service Information Octet (SIO)•Signaling Information Field (SIF)
26
Message Signal Unit (MSU)
FlagBSNBIBFSNFIBLISpareSIOSIFCheck Sum
First LastMessage Signal Unit (MSU)
16 8-272 8 2 6 1 7 1 7 8Level 2Level 2 Level 3
(octets)
27TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Signaling Information Field (SIF) has:• The routing label of the message (OPC/DPC).• A Signaling Link Selector (SLS) used to distribute traffic over multiple signaling links within a linkset if available.
Service Information Octet (SIO) tells level 4 the type of service requested and the type of network message, and the priority of the MSU.The service indicator field tells the type message:
•value - 0 indicates a signaling network management message•value - 1 indicates a signaling network test and maintenance message•value – 2 indicates a special signaling network test and maintenance message•value - 3 indicates a SCCP message•value – 4 indicates a TUP message•value - 5 indicates an ISUP message
The network type is two bits:•value - 0 indicates an international network•value - 2 indicates a national network
The message priority is two bits:•message priority values are from 0-3•value - 0 indicates lowest priority messages•value - 3 indicates highest priority message
27
SIF and SIO Fields of the MSU
MSUMessage Signal Unit
SIOService Information Octet
SIFSignaling Information
Routing Label OPC / DPC – ANSI OPCI / DPCI – ITU-I OPCN / DPCN – ITU-N OPCN24 / DPCN24 – ITU-N24
Signaling Link Selector (SLS)
Service Indicator 0 – Signaling Network Management 1 – Signaling Network Test 2 – Signaling Network Test Special 3 – SCCP 4 – TUP 5 - ISUP
Network Indicator ( National / International )
Message Priority (ANSI Only)
28TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
•MTP – Message Transfer Part•SCCP – Signaling Connection Control Part•TCAP – Transaction Capabilities Application Part•MAP – Mobile Application Part•ISUP – Integrated Services Digital Network User Part •TUP – Telephone User Part
28
Physical (MTP Level 1)
Data Link (MTP Level 2)
Network (MTP Level 3)
SCCP
TCAPTUPISUP
SS7 Application
MAP
SS7 Protocol Functional Modules
29TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Note that MTP is comprised of three levels in the SS7 protocol model. The MTP functional area of the SS7 protocol provides reliable transfer of SS7 signaling messages.MTP Level 1 (Physical Layer)•Provides transport for signaling link•Defines physical, electrical and functional characteristics of a signaling link•Provides the means to access the signaling link•Typically the transmission path is configured as a 56Kbps or 64 Kbps digital pathMTP Level 2 (Data Link Layer)•Provides for transfer of signaling data over individual signaling links•Responsible for link alignment and for error free transmission of data•Ensures error free transfer of data in proper sequence between signaling nodesMTP Level 3 (Network Layer)•Message discrimination - determines to whom the message is addressed•Message distribution - directs a locally significant message to the appropriate internal user (i.e., SCCP module)•Message routing - reads the Destination Point Code (DPC) to determine to which signaling node to send message
29
Message Transfer Part (MTP)
Physical (MTP Level 1)
Data Link (MTP Level 2)
Network (MTP Level 3)
SCCP
TCAPTUPISUP
SS7 Application
MAP
30TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
SCCP is the protocol used to access databases.SCCP provides Global Title Translation (GTT) capabilities.
•Global title - an address (i.e., 800 number, calling card number, or mobile subscriber identification number) translated into Destination Point Code (DPC).•DPC identifies the destination signaling point.•Subsystem number identifies an application at the destination signaling node.
SCCP is used as the transport mechanism for TCAP and MAP services.The SCCP portion contains the Calling Party Address (CGPA) and the Called Party Address (CDPA).
30
Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP)
Physical (MTP Level 1)
Data Link (MTP Level 2)
Network (MTP Level 3)
SCCP
TCAPTUPISUP
SS7 Application
MAP
31TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TCAP supports the functions required to query and retrieve information from network databases using non-circuit related applications.TCAP is the core signaling element for enhanced service delivery between SCPs and SSPs.TCAP is the transaction layer for ANSI and ITU, identifying each transaction.Examples of TCAP messages:
•Query from an SSP to determine the routing number associated with a dialed 800/888 number.•Query from an SSP to check the personal identification number (PIN) of a calling card user.•Provides calling number and calling name information to customers that have Caller ID service.•Mobile Application Part (MAP) messages sent between mobile switches and databases to support user authentication, equipment identification, and roaming.
31
Transaction Capabilities Application Part (TCAP)
Physical (MTP Level 1)
Data Link (MTP Level 2)
Network (MTP Level 3)
SCCP
TCAPTUPISUP
SS7 Application
32TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Mobile Application Part (MAP) is a level-four protocol used in CDMA and GSM networks. MAP messages are sent between mobile switches and databases to support user authentication, equipment identification, and roaming.The purpose of this protocol is to provide a mechanism by which cellular subscriber information may be passed from one cellular network to another.MAP messages sent between mobile switches and databases support user authentication, equipment identification, and roaming.It is handled according to the OPSCODE in the message.It is used by the EAGLE STP for GSM MAP Screening.
32
Mobile Application Part (MAP)
Physical (MTP Level 1)
Data Link (MTP Level 2)
Network (MTP Level 3)
SCCP
MAP
TCAPMAP
TUPISUP
SS7 Application
33TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Defines the protocol used to set-up, manage, and release trunk circuits that carry voice and databetween terminating line exchanges (e.g., between a calling party and a called party).Used for both ISDN and Non-ISDN calls.Calls that originate and terminate at the same switch do not use ISUP signaling.An example of ISUP Call Model will be covered at the end of this section.
33
Physical (MTP Level 1)
Data Link (MTP Level 2)
Network (MTP Level 3)
SCCP
TCAPTUP
MAP
ISUP
SS7 ApplicationMAP
ISDN User Part (ISUP)
34TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Telephone User Part (TUP) is used in international networks for basic call connection and disconnect.Telephone User Part (TUP) is used for analog circuits.TUP is used in Europe and other countries following ITU-TS standards. It is being replaced by ISUP at the international level.Regardless of the differences between ISUP and TUP (message type and parameters), the two protocols can be mapped to each other successfully.
34
Telephone User Part (TUP)
Physical (MTP Level 1)
Data Link (MTP Level 2)
Network (MTP Level 3)
SCCP
TCAPTUPISUP
SS7 ApplicationMAP
35TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Call model for a toll-free call: 1. The calling party dials a 800 number.2. The originating SSP sends a query via an SCCP message to the STP.3. The EAGLE STP performs Global Title Translations (GTT) on the SCCP message to determine the location
of the database (SCP) that contains the information needed.4. The EAGLE STP forwards the query via an SCCP message to the 800 database on the SCP.5. The SCP processes the query.6. SCP sends response containing the routing information to the EAGLE STP where it is MTP routed back to
the SSP.7. The originating SSP sends an Initial Address Message (IAM) or ISUP setup message to establish a circuit
connection to the destination SSP. The EAGLE STP through switches an IAM or ISUP setup message to the destination SSP to complete the end-to-end circuit connection.
8. The destination SSP sends an Address Complete Message (ACM) to acknowledge the circuit completion and that ringing is being sent to the called party.
9. The voice trunk circuit identified in the Initial Address Message (IAM) is cut through by the time the ACM has been sent to the originating SSP.
10. Called party rings and goes off hook.11. The destination SSP sends an Answer Message (ANM) as soon as Called Party goes off-hook.12. The Calling Party goes on-hook and a Release Message (REL) is sent by originating SSP to the destination
SSP.13. A Release Complete (RLC) is sent by destination SSP to the originating SSP to return the voice circuits to
an idle condition.
35
SCCP to ISUP Call Model
SSP
( 1 )
1-80
0-44
1-99
90
( 2 ) Query
( 3 ) GTT
( 4 ) Query
(5) 800Database
( 6 ) Response( 6 ) Response
( 7 ) IAM ( 7 ) IAM
( 8 ) ACM( 8 ) ACM
( 11 ) ANM( 11 ) ANM
9
SSP
SCP
PSTNPSTN
( 12 ) REL( 12 ) REL( 13 ) RLC ( 13 ) RLC
( 10a )
Ring…Ring (10b)
Off-Hook
EAGLESTP
36TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
36
•Answer the questions to the best of your ability.•We will review all answers as a group.
Check Your Learning
37TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Module 1 Review
1. The SS7 Signaling Network is configured separately from the voice network.
True or False
2. Element symbol ____ below represents an STP.
Symbol A Symbol B Symbol C
3. STPs and SCPs are typically deployed in pairs.
True or False
4. An ________ is a centralized database used to store information such as subscriber’s services.
A. SSP B. STP C. SCP
5. An ________ receives incoming MSUs and directs them to the appropriate destination.
A. SSP B. STP C. SCP
6. “A” or Access links connect an STP and either an SSP or an SCP.
True or False
7. “___” links provide connectivity for adjacent SSPs.
“A” Access “C” Cross “F” Fully Associated
8. The functional module of the SS7 Protocol that provides GTT capabilities is the ________.
A. MTP B. SCCP C. ISUP D. TCAP
9. Which level four protocol is used in wireless networks?
10. The signal unit of the SS7 Protocol used to control link alignment and indicates the status of a signaling point to the remote signaling point is the ________.
A. FISU B. LSSU C. MSU
38TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Student Notes
39TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
EAGLE STP Frames and Shelves
Module 2
40TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
40
After this Module, you should be able to• List and describe the EAGLE STP frames and
shelves• Explain the EAGLE STP frame and shelf
numbering scheme• Identify the EAGLE STP Fuse and Alarm Panel
(FAP) alarm indications• Locate and describe the connections on the
control shelf and extension shelf backplanes, including the I/O connections
Module 2 Objectives
41TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
EAGLE FramesThis is a partial view of an EAGLE STP system.These are standard floor-mounted frames 7 feet high, 26 inches wide, and 23 5/8th inches deep.Each frame is powered with two -48VDC 60 AMP power feeds that terminate on one of three different types of Fuse Alarm Panels that will be discussed later in this section.Operating temperature of the EAGLE STP is 40ºF to 100ºF / 4ºC to 37ºC.Short Term Temperature Limits of the EAGLE STP is 23ºF to 120ºF / -5ºC to 48ºC (no more than 96 consecutive hours and a total of not more than 15 days in one year). For ambient temperatures above 95ºF / 35ºC, relative humidity must be less than 80 percent.There are four types of EAGLE frames:
•Control Frame•Extension Frame•Miscellaneous Frame•General Purpose Frame
NOTE: The Operation Support System Application Frame (OAPF) is an optional frame.
41
EAGLE Frames
42TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The Control Frame (CF) is the principle frame of the EAGLE STP.The Control Frame contains the Control Shelf which is the first shelf in the Control Frame.Up to two Extension Shelves may be added to the Control Frame, each with up to 16 application cards.A maximum of 42 card slots for all types of application modules are supported in the Control Frame.A maximum of 1,344 signaling links are possible in the Control Frame if completely equipped with E5-E1/T1 MIM cards.The unique serial number (NT number) of the EAGLE 5 STP may be located at the top of the Control Frame adjacent to the CF-00 lettering. Older systems have the serial number located on the lower center of the Control Shelf backplane.
42
Control Frame (CF)
1st Extension Shelf
2nd Extension Shelf
Label of this Frame (CF-00)
Control Shelf
Fuse and Alarm Panel (FAP)
43TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Extension Frames (EF) are added when more signaling capacity than what is provided by the Control Frame is needed.Up to five Extension Frames are available for the EAGLE STP.These Extension Frames are labeled EF-00 to EF-04.Up to three extension shelves may be mounted in each frame except for EF-04.EF-04 has only one extension shelf located in the top shelf position of the frame.With an 8 bit binary numbering plan there are 256 possible combinations which is the number of card slots found in the EAGLE STP.Control Frame CF-00 has 16 card slots per shelf for a total of 48 card slots.Extension Frames EF-00 through EF-03 have 16 card slots per shelf for a total of 192 card slots.Extension Frame EF-04 has 16 card slots in the top shelf.The total of these card slots is 256, which is why there is only one shelf in the last extension frame EF-04.
43
Extension Frames (EF)
2nd Extension Shelf 2200
3rd Extension Shelf 2300
Label of this Frame (EF-00)
Fuse and Alarm Panel (FAP)
1st Extension Shelf 2100
1
44TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The Miscellaneous Frame (MF) is an optional frame.It is typically equipped with a Fuse Alarm Panel (FAP).The Miscellaneous Frame is used to house EAGLE related equipment, such as:
•Holdover Clock •Test Equipment •DSX Panels•Spare Card shelf•Printers•Communications Terminal
44
MF-01
3-9 miscellaneous frame
Miscellaneous Frame (MF)
Fuse and Alarm Panel (FAP)
Spare Card Shelf
Frame Label
DSX Panels
45TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
General Purpose Frame (GPF) can be used to house equipment for:•Multi-Purpose Server for ELAP or EPAP number portability applications•Integrated Application Server – Integrated Message Feeder (IMF)•Integrated Sentinel – Sentinel Processor Frame (SPF)
Extended Services Platform (ESP)Sentinel Processor Frame (SPF)
These frames typically contain the following for EAGLE related applications:2 – Breaker Panels4 – Ethernet Hubs2 – TekServers
These frames are numbered GPF-00 through GPF-xx. These frames are also labeled with their specific function (Sentinel, MPS, etc.)
45
General Purpose Frame (GPF)
Breaker Panels
TekServers
Hubs
GPF-00
Frame Label
46TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Frame End Panel with Alarm Lamp Indicators:•Provides -48VDC lamps for critical, major, and minor alarms (bulb part number: 525-0036-02)•Connects to row alarm connector (row ALM) on control shelf backplane.
46
Frame End Panel with Alarm Lamp Indicators
47TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Multiple types of Fuse and Alarm Panels:•870-1606-02 can be used for all EAGLE frames•870-2320-03 can be used for all EAGLE frames•870-2804-01 is used in Control and Extension frames•870-0243-08 is used for Legacy Control and Extension frames
See the Installation – EAGLE 5 ISS Manual, Chapter 5, for fuse assignments.
47
Fuse and Alarm Panel Types
Diode Board type • Part number 870-1606-01/02• Part number 870-2320-01
Low Profile Board type• Part number 870-2804-01
Single FAP Board Type • 870-0243-08/09
48TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
•Contains 2 Diode Boards which allows A or B power to provide -48 VDC to entire frame in the event one power feed is lost•Contains power LEDs which changes from Green to Red when power is interrupted•Contains a Jumper Board which enables the removal and test of the diode boards by by-passing the diode boards with a fuse for monthly Maintenance proceduresThe Alarm Board provides alarm indications for critical, major, minor, and fuses.LEDs indicate operational / maintenance status.
48
PWR TESTPOINT
POS
PWR TESTPOINT
POS
PWR TESTPOINTNEG
PWR TESTPOINTNEG
POWER ALARM A POWER ALARM B
OP/MAINT
CRITICAL
MAJOR
MINOR
FUSE
Diode Board A Diode Board BJumper Board Alarm Board
Fuse Bank A Fuse Bank B
Fuse and Alarm Panel – Front P/N 870-1606/2320-XX
49TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Control Frame Power Connections (A/B):•P1 for control shelf (1100)•P2 for first extension shelf (1200)•P3 for second extension shelf (1300)
Extension Frame Power Connections (A/B):•P1 for first extension shelf (X100)•P2 for second extension shelf (X200)•P3 for third extension shelf (X300)
Miscellaneous Frame Connections (A/B):•4 wired positions (12, 18, 19, and 20) for A side outputs •4 wired positions (12, 18, 19, and 20) for B side outputs•-48 VDC, -48 volt return, and ground for each position
Alarm Interface•Alarm information from control shelf•Provides bi-directional frame alarm information to/from control shelf
49
FAP Connections – Rear View P/N 870-1606/2320-XX
AB
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 P3
12 18 19 20
12 1819 20
12 18 19 20
12 18 19 20
-48V
RET
LOGICGND
B A
-48V
RET
LOGICGND
Return
Chassisground
.
12 1819 20 12 18 19 20
1st Shelf B Side Power Cable
2nd Shelf B Side Power Cable3rd Shelf B Side Power Cable
3rd Shelf A Side Power Cable
2nd Shelf A Side Power Cable1st Shelf A Side Power Cable
Misc. Frame Pwr Connections
Control Shelf RALM ConnectionB Pwr Input A Pwr Input
50TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The FAP (P/N 870-2804-01) is a low-profile (1U) unit that can be installed in the Control Frame (CF) and the Extension Frame (EF). The Power Alarm LED indicates the input power to the FAP. The LED is green when input power is applied to that bus of the FAP and is red when there is no input power to that bus of the FAP. An unlit Power Alarm indicates a failed LED or no input power to either bus of the FAP.
The FAP contains a Diode board and a Shorting board. These boards are located at the front center of the FAP. The FAP also contains two fuse blocks, one to the left (A-side) and one to the right (B-Side) of diode and shorting boards, consisting of 20 fuse positions each. The Fuse Alarm LED indicates the failure of a fuse.
The diode board in the FAP contains power diodes and circuitry which allow one bus to pick up the entire load when there is a loss of input power on the other bus.
The Shorting board allows the removal of the diode board without taking down the system. This permits periodic maintenance of the diodes without having to power down or remove the unit from the shelf.
For maintenance operation, the Shorting board has to be removed, flipped over, and reinstalled. In the bypass position, both A and B power is connected to the fuse blocks so the diode board can be safely removed. The Shorting board has an LED which is off when the board is in normal operational mode and is green when in the bypass mode of operation.
Further details are found in the Hardware – Signaling Products Manual.
50
Fuse and Alarm Panel 870-2804-01
Front
A Side PWR ALM
LED
B Side PWR ALM
LED
A Side FUSE ALM
LED
B Side FUSE ALM
LED
ALARM Status LEDs
A Side Fuse Block
B Side Fuse BlockDiode
BoardShorting Board
Shorting Board LED
Rear
B Side -48VDC
B Side RTN
A Side -48VDC
A Side RTN
Logic GND
Chassis GND
Alarm Interface
P1 P2
B Side PWR Output
A Side PWR Output
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 P3
To RALM Connector
To Pwr Panel
51TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
FAP 870-0243-08 is used for Legacy Control and Extension Frames.FAP 870-0243-09 is used for Legacy Miscellaneous Frames.
Fuse Locations•2 separate input circuits, A and B•A and B input feeds connected through diodes•-48 volts distributed to the other side, if one feed is lost•Fuse assignment information located in card holder
See Installation – EAGLE 5 ISS Manual, Chapter 5 for fuse assignments.
Alarm Indicators•Fuse alarm LED changes from green to red when a fuse is blown•Frame alarm LEDs display critical, major, and minor alarms•Power alarm LEDs change from green to red when power is interrupted
51
A CRITICAL
MAJOR
MINOR
FUSEALARM
POWERALARM
POWERALARM
Card holder
1 10 20 1 10 20
FuseAlarmPanel-front
B
Fus eflagco lorsgray -1Aoran ge - 2Ablue -3Ablac k/whit e-7.5Ared /white- 10A
gmtfuse
FlagRea dyposit ion
Fus eflagco lorsgray -1Aoran ge - 2Ablue -3Ablac k/whit e-7.5Ared /white- 10A
gmtfuse
FlagRea dyposit ion
Fuse and Alarm Panel - Front P/Ns 870-0243-08/09
52TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
CF Power Connectors (A/B) (P/N 870-0243-08):•P1 for Control Shelf•P2 for first extension shelf (1200)•P3 for second extension shelf (1300)
EF Power Connectors (A/B) (P/N 870-0243-08):•P1 for first extension shelf•P2 for second extension shelf•P3 for third extension shelf
MF (P/N 870-0243-09):•20 wired positions for A side outputs•20 wired positions for B side outputs•-48 VDC,-48 volt return, and ground for each position
Alarm Interface:•Alarm information from control shelf•Provides bi-directional frame alarm information to/from control shelf
52
FAP Connections – Rear View
INTERFACE
ALARM- 48
- 48
LOGICGND
RTN
P1 P2 P3
FUSES1 - 6
FUSES7 - 12
FUSES13 - 18
B
P1 P2 P3
FUSES1 - 6
FUSES7 - 12
FUSES13 - 18
A
TORQUE TO 25 IN-LBS
- 48
- 48
LOGICGND
RTN
TORQUE TO 25 IN-LBS
A
Control Shelf RALM Connection
1st Shelf B Side Power Cable
2nd Shelf B Side Power Cable3rd Shelf B Side Power Cable
3rd Shelf A Side Power Cable
2nd Shelf A Side Power Cable1st Shelf A Side Power Cable
B Pwr Input A Pwr Input
P/Ns 870-0243-08/09
53TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The F1 through F18 indicates Fuse position 1 through Fuse position 18.F3, F9 and F15 A & B are One Amp GMT fuses.F6, F12 and F18 A & B are Three Amp GMT fuses if fans are installed. Otherwise they are plastic blanks.All other fuse positions are Three Amp GMT fuses.
More details concerning Frame Fuse arrangement are located in Installation – EAGLE 5 ISS Manual.GMT stands for Grounded Metallic Thermal (GMT) fuses.
53
Fuse Alarm Panel Fuse Assignments
A Side Fuses
B Side Fuses
F1-Slots 1&2F2-Slots 5&6F3-Slot 9F4-Slots 11&12F5-Slots 15&16
F1-Slots 3&4F2-Slots 7&8F3-Slot 10F4-Slots 13&14F5-Slots 17&18
F6-Blank / Fan F6-Blank / FanF7-Slots 1&2F8-Slots 5&6F9-Slot 9F10-Slots 11&12
F12-Blank / FanF11-Slots 15&16
Shelf Shelf Shelf31 2Shelf Shelf Shelf
31 2
F13-Slots 1&2F14-Slots 5&6F15-Slot 9F16-Slots 11&12
F18-Blank / FanF17-Slots 15&16
F19-OpenF20-Open
F7-Slots 3&4F8-Slots 7&8F9-Slot 10F10-Slots 13&14
F12-Blank / FanF11-Slots 17&18
F13-Slots 3&4F14-Slots 7&8F15-Slot 10F16-Slots 13&14
F18-Blank / FanF17-Slots 17&18
F20-OpenF19-Open
Shelf 3 Shelf 3
Shelf 2 Shelf 2
Shelf 1 Shelf 1
54TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Frame Numbering Scheme•CF00 (first frame in system)•EF00 through EF04 (second through sixth frames in system)•EF04 only supports provisioning of the first shelf.
54
EAGLE STP System Numbering Plan
T0279
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1101
1107
1108
11091110
1112
1113
1114
1116
1117
1118
MDALMCAPA
TDMA
Control Shelf 11
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1201
1207
1208
12091210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
Extension Shelf 12
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1301
1307
1308
13091310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
Extension Shelf 13
*
* This location is not used.
1115
1111
MCAPB
TDMB
sh 11-2-3
12
11
13
CRITICAL
MAJOR
MINOR
10 20 10 20FUSEALARM
POWERALARM
POWERALARM
BA
11
CF-00
55TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
55
EAGLE STP System Numbering Plan
Shelf/Card Numbering• Control shelf - 1100• Extension shelves/slot numbering
- frame- shelf in frame- card slot within shelf
1 2 03
Card slot in shelf (if defined as “00,” indicates shelf)
Extension shelf 2 in frame (middle)Frame in system (1=CF00, 2=EF00, 3=EF01, 4=EF02
5=EF03, 6=EF04)
56TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The Control Shelf is always the first shelf (1100) in the EAGLE.The Control Shelf contains all of the Maintenance Administration Subsystem (MAS) cards.The Control Shelf can support up to ten application cards to support such functions as E1s, T1s, Global Title Translations, etc.
There are three parts of the Control Shelf discussed on the next four slides:•The Maintenance and Administration Modules (Legacy and New E5 modules)•The Application Modules•The Communication Modules
56
Control Shelf
IMT AIMT B
PORT 1
EXT PORT
E1/
T1 M
IM
IMT AIMT B
E5-
ATM
IMT AIMT B
E5-
EN
ET
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTAB
E5-
SM
4G
SHELF
HIP
RH
IPR
ALIGN
ALIGN
SHELF
SHELF
PROC
PROC
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 IMT
IMT
IMT AIMT B
GP
SM
TDM
PROC ACT/ STDBY
IMT AIMT B
GP
SM
TDM
PROC ACT/ STDBY
MD
AL
Rev
.A
CRICITALMAJOR
MINOR
MASP A
MASP B
PROC
ACT
IMT A
E5-
E1/
T1
IMT B
PROCPROCPROCPROCPROCPROCPROC
1234
A
B3
12
4
PROC
2
4
A
1
3
PROC
IMT AIMT B
E5-
ATM
01
A
B01
PORT 2
57TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
There are two MAS Processors (MASP A and MASP B).Each MASP consists of one General Purpose Service Module (GPSM-II) and one Terminal Disk Module (TDM). MASP A cards are located in slots 1113 & 1114.MASP B cards are located in slots 1115 & 1116. MASP A and MASP B provide redundancy.One Maintenance Disk and Alarm (MDAL) card in slots 1117 & 1118 serves both MASPs.
Note: The MAS detailed here is the legacy MAS that is being replaced by the E5-OAM at Release 40.1.
57
Maintenance and Administration Modules
IMT AIMT B
PORT 1
EXT PORT
E1/
T1 M
IM
IMT AIMT B
E5-
ATM
IMT AIMT B
E5-
EN
ET
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTAB
E5-
SM
4G
SHELF
HIP
RH
IPR
ALIGN
ALIGN
SHELF
SHELF
PROC
PROC
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 IMT
IMT
IMT AIMT B
GP
SM
TDM
PROC ACT/ STDBY
IMT AIMT B
GP
SM
TDM
PROC ACT/ STDBY
MD
AL
Rev
.A
CRICITALMAJOR
MINOR
MASP A
MASP B
PROC
ACT
IMT A
E5-
E1/
T1
IMT B
PROCPROCPROCPROCPROCPROCPROC
1234
A
B3
12
4
PROC
2
4
A
1
3
PROC
IMT AIMT B
E5-
ATM
01
A
B01
PORT 2
58TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
58
E5-OAM Control Shelf
IMT AIMT B
PORT 1
EXT PORT
E5-
E1/
T1 M
IM
IMT AIMT B
E5-
ATM
IMT AIMT B
E5-
EN
ET
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTAB
E5-
SM
4G
SHELF
HIP
RH
IPR
ALIGN
ALIGN
SHELF
SHELF
PROC
PROC
IMT
IMT
PROC
ACT
IMT A
E5-
E1/
T1
IMT B
PROCPROCPROCPROCPROCPROCPROC
1234
A
B3
12
4
PROC
2
4
A
1
3
PROC
IMT AIMT B
E5-
ATM
01
A
B01
PORT 2
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
E5-
MD
AL
Rev
.A
CRICITALMAJOR
MINOR
MASP A
MASP B
The E5-OAM cards are being introduced in the current EAGLE 5 STP 40.1 Software Release.The E5-OAM Control Shelf is always the first shelf (1100) in the EAGLE.The E5-OAM Control Shelf contains all of the Maintenance Administration Subsystem (MAS) cards.The E5-OAM Control Shelf can support up to ten application cards to support such functions as E1s, T1s, Global Title Translations, etc.
There are three parts of the E5-OAM Control Shelf:•The E5-OAM Maintenance and Administration Modules •The Application Modules•The Communication Modules
59TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
59
E5 Maintenance and Administration Modules
IMT AIMT B
PORT 1
EXT PORT
E5-
E1/
T1 M
IM
IMT AIMT B
E5-
ATM
IMT AIMT B
E5-
EN
ET
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTAB
E5-
SM
4G
SHELF
HIP
RH
IPR
ALIGN
ALIGN
SHELF
SHELF
PROC
PROC
IMT
IMT
PROC
ACT
IMT A
E5-
E1/
T1
IMT B
PROCPROCPROCPROCPROCPROCPROC
1234
A
B3
12
4
PROC
2
4
A
1
3
PROC
IMT AIMT B
E5-
ATM
01
A
B01
PORT 2
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
E5-
MD
AL
Rev
.A
CRICITALMAJOR
MINOR
MASP A
MASP B
There are two MAS Processors (MASP A and MASP B).Each MASP consists of a double slotted E5-OAM card made up of one E5-Maintenance Communication Application Processor (E5-MCAP) and one E5-Terminal Disk Module (E5-TDM). MASP A card is located in slots 1113 & 1114.MASP B card is located in slots 1115 & 1116. MASP A and MASP B provide redundancy.One E5-Maintenance Disk and Alarm (E5-MDAL) card in slots 1117 & 1118 serves both MASPs.
Note: The E5-MDAL only supports the alarm function and not the Maintenance Disk function.Further details on these new cards is found in Module 3 Lesson 1.
60TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Application cards may be provisioned in slots 1101 – 1108, and 1111-1112.The application cards are capable of communicating with other cards through the redundant IMT buses. A Communications Processor on each application card provides control of communications from the cards to the IMT buses.Software is downloaded to E5-OAM cards, then to the application cards on initial power-up from the MASP. Once the EAGLE 5 STP is loaded, software is downloaded to cards by the Generic Loader Services (GLS) and Operation Administration and Maintenance (OAM).An Application Processor receives the software load on the application card. The type of software the AP receives depends on the function of the application board which is determined by the provisioning of the board.Presently, there are several types of application cards that support specific functions:•Link Interface Modules (LIM)•Multi-Port Link Interface Modules (MPL)•High Capacity Multi-Channel Interface Modules (HCMIM)•Enhanced Database Communications Modules (EDCM)•Translation Service Modules (TSM)•Database Service Modules (DSM)•E5 Multi-Channel Interface Modules (E5 E1/T1)•E5-SM4G Database Service Module•E5-ATM•E5-ENET•E5-IPSM
60
Application Modules
IMT AIMT B
PORT 1
EXT PORT
E5-
E1/
T1 M
IM
IMT AIMT B
E5-
ATM
IMT AIMT B
E5-
EN
ET
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTAB
E5-
SM
4G
SHELF
HIP
RH
IPR
ALIGN
ALIGN
SHELF
SHELF
PROC
PROC
IMT
IMT
PROC
ACT
IMT A
E5-
E1/
T1
IMT B
PROCPROCPROCPROCPROCPROCPROC
1234
A
B3
12
4
PROC
2
4
A
1
3
PROC
IMT AIMT B
E5-
ATM
01
A
B01
PORT 2
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
E5-
MD
AL
Rev
.A
CRICITALMAJOR
MINOR
MASP A
MASP B
61TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Communications Modules are an integral part of the Interprocessor Message Transport (IMT) Bus.The IMT bus is the main communication artery within the EAGLE STP.The IMT bus utilizes High Speed Multiplexer Cards (HMUX), or High Speed Packet Router Cards (HIPR) for two independent high speed 1Gbps buses within the IMT bus.The two independent high speed 1Gbps IMT buses are labeled IMT Bus A and IMT Bus B.IMT Bus A is supported by either HMUX or HIPR bus cards in Control Shelf card slot 1109.IMT Bus B is supported by either HMUX or HIPR bus cards in Control Shelf card slot 1110.HIPR cards are required in any shelf where any E5 cards are provisioned.Card slot 09 supports IMT bus A and card slot 10 supports IMT B in every shelf in the EAGLE STP.
61
Communication Modules
IMT AIMT B
PORT 1
EXT PORT
E5-
E1/
T1 M
IM
IMT AIMT B
E5-
ATM
IMT AIMT B
E5-
EN
ET
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
MP
L-T
IMT AIMT B
PORTAB
E5-
SM
4G
SHELF
HIP
RH
IPR
ALIGN
ALIGN
SHELF
SHELF
PROC
PROC
IMT
IMT
PROC
ACT
IMT A
E5-
E1/
T1
IMT B
PROCPROCPROCPROCPROCPROCPROC
1234
A
B3
12
4
PROC
2
4
A
1
3
PROC
IMT AIMT B
E5-
ATM
01
A
B01
PORT 2
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
E5-
MD
AL
Rev
.A
CRICITALMAJOR
MINOR
MASP A
MASP B
62TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
See the EAGLE Hardware Manual, Chapter 3 and the Installation – EAGLE 5 ISS manual Appendix B for backplane connector information.
62
Control Shelf Backplanes
P/Ns 850-0330-06• Used in EAGLE STP systems only• Used with HMUX and HIPR IMT Bus cards
The Control Shelf backplane provides:• Connectivity for the system circuit cards• -48 VDC power and ground to all card positions
63TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
On the Control Shelf backplane, note the locations of: •Power distribution•Alarm connectors•System clock connectors•Building Integrated Time System (BITS) connectors•RS-232 interfaces provided by serial I/O ports•Interface connections for application modules•IMT connectors•Shelf clock connectors•NT number - unique system serial number. This may also be located on the front of the Control Frame adjacent to the CF-00 lettering or may be obtained by entering the rtrv-serial-num command.•Fan Power Connectors
63
J1 J2
J3
J4
J5
J6 J7
J8 J9 J10 J11
J12
J13
J14
J15
J16
J17
J18
J19
J20
J21
J22
J23
J24
J25
J26
J27
J28
J29
J30
J31
J32
J33 J34
J35
J36
J37 J38
J39
J40
J41
J42
J43
J44
J45
J46
J47
J48
J49
J50
J51 J52
J53
J54
J55
J56
J57
J58
J59
J60 J61
J62
J63
J64
J66
J67 J68
J 69
J70 J71
J72 J73
J74
J75
J76
J77
J78
J79
J80
J81
J82
J83
A POWER PRIMARY
A POWE R SECONDARYB POWER B P OWER
CONTROL SHELF BACKPLANE ASSY 850-0330-06
AIMTIN
AIMTOUT
ENE
T 1
ACLK
2
MMI 0 MMI 2MMI 1 MMI 3 MMI 5MMI 4 MMI 6 MMI 7
RA
LM7
RALM
5
OAPALMGP0I
GPS
1
BIMTIN
BIMTOUT
MMI 8 MMI 9 MMI 10 MMI 11 MMI 1 2 MMI 13 MMI 14 MMI 15
ACLK
5
BCLK
5
CU
STALM
1
CUST
ALM 2
B FAN POWE R
A FAN POWER
Primary
Bits
Secondary Bits
RO
W ALM
RALM
6
RALM
4
RALM
3
LMC
RM
C
RALM
2
RALM
1
PR
IMARY
SEC
OND
ARY
RALM
0
BCLK
0
GN
P POR
T 2
GN
P POR
T 1
ACLK0
ACLK
1
AC
LK3
ACLK
4
J65
BC
LK3
PORT 1B
PORT 2B
PORT 3B
PORT 4B
PO
RT 5B
PORT 6B
PORT 7B
PORT 8B
POR
T 1A
PORT 2A
PORT 3A
POR
T 4A
PORT 5A
POR
T 6A
PORT 7A
PORT 8A
POR
T 11B
PORT 12B
PORT 11A
PORT 12A
GP
02
BCLK2
ENE
T 2
BCLK
1
BCLK
4
Control Shelf Backplane P/N 850-0330-06
64TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
BITS – Building Integrated Timing System may be comprised of the following:64Kbps, 1.544Mbps composite BITS signals (ANSI)64Kbps, 2.048Mbps composite BITS signals (ITU)These clock inputs connect to the EAGLE 5 STP through two DB-15 connectors on control shelf backplane primary BITS (J49) and secondary BITS (J48) connectors.Clocking is distributed to the rest of the EAGLE 5 STP by the TDMs as:
Clock A Clock B
The 64Kbps timing signal is used by LIMs for X.25 and SS7 DS0A ANSI or ITU signaling links, with each LIM selecting either clock A or clock B for its own use.The 1.544Mbps timing signal is used by LIM-ATM , E5-ATM, E1/T1 MIM, E5-E1/T1 MIM, and HC-MIM for ANSI networks.The 2.048Mbps timing signal is used by E1-ATM, E5-ATM, LIM-E1, E1/T1 MIM, E5-E1/T1 MIM and HC-MIM for ITU networks.The EAGLE 5 STP supports up to two 64Kbps and two 1.544Mbps at the same time in the ANSI network.The EAGLE 5 STP supports up to two 64Kbps and two 2.048Mbps at the same time in the ITU network.The 1.544Mbps and 2.048Mbps can never be present in the EAGLE 5 STP at the same time.
64
EAGLE BITS and High Speed Clock RoutingBITS signal
optional hold-over clock
J 49
J 48
Primary BITS
Secondary BITS
Control Shelf Backplane
64Kbps BITS Composite Clock
T1 or E1 HS Timing Source
1.544Mbps or 2.048 Mbps
HS signal
64Kbps BITS Composite Clock
T1 or E1 HS Timing Source
1.544Mbps or 2.048 Mbps
65TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The second and third shelves of the Control Frame are called Extension Shelves.Extension shelves populate all Extension Frames in the EAGLE STP lineup.These shelves provide support of up to 16 cards of all types, both single and double slot application cards (modules).
65
Extension Shelf
SHELF
HIP
RH
IPR
ALIGN
ALIGN
SHELF
SHELF
PROC
PROC
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 IMT
IMT
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
IMT AIMT B
E5-
E1/
T1
1234
A
B3
12
4
66TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
See the EAGLE Hardware – Signaling Products Manual, Chapter 3, for backplane connector information.
66
Extension Shelf Backplanes
P/N 850-0356-01/02• Used in early EAGLE STP systems• Card slot numbering on backplane is different from front
to back for slots 11-18
P/N 850-0356-03• Used in EAGLE and IP7 Secure Gateway systems• Card slot numbering on backplane is different from front
to back for slots 11-18• Secondary connections for A and B power are added to
this backplace (J45 and J46)
P/N 850-0356-04/06• Card slot numbering matches on front and back of
backplane
67TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
67
Extension Shelf Backplanes 850-0356-01/02
68TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
68
Extension Shelf Backplane 850-0356-03
69TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
On the Extension Shelf backplane, note the locations of: •Power distribution•Fan Power Connections•Interface connections for application modules•IMT connectors•Shelf clock connectors
69
Extension Shelf Backplane 850-0356-04/06
70TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Each frame has it’s own A clock source that originates on the Control Shelf.•A-Clock 0 provides clocking for the Control Frame•A-Clock 1 provides clocking for the first Extension Frame•A-Clock 2 provides clocking for the second Extension Frame•A-Clock 3 provides clocking for the third Extension Frame•A-Clock 4 provides clocking for the fourth Extension Frame•A-Clock 5 provides clocking for the fifth Extension Frame
The clock cable connects between a specific clock connector on the Control Shelf and the A-CLK IN connector of the first shelf for a specific frame. It is then distributed from shelf to shelf in the same frame using the A-CLK IN and OUT connectors.
70
CF-00 EF-00 EF-01 EF-02 EF-03
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
A CLK-5
A CLK-4
A CLK-3
A CLK-2
A CLK-1
A CLK-0
A CLK IN
A CLK OUT
EF-04
EAGLE Clock Routing – A Clock
71TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Each frame has it’s own B clock source that originates on the Control Shelf.•B-Clock 0 provides clocking for the Control Frame•B-Clock 1 provides clocking for the first Extension Frame•B-Clock 2 provides clocking for the second Extension Frame•B-Clock 3 provides clocking for the third Extension Frame•B-Clock 4 provides clocking for the fourth Extension Frame•B-Clock 5 provides clocking for the fifth Extension Frame
The clock cable connects between a specific clock connector on the Control Shelf and the B-CLK IN connector of the first shelf for a specific frame. It is then distributed from shelf to shelf in the same frame using the B-CLK IN and OUT connectors.
71
CF-00 EF-00 EF-01 EF-02 EF-03
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK IN
B CLK OUT
B CLK-5
B CLK-4
B CLK-3
B CLK-2
B CLK-1
B CLK-0
EF-04
B CLK INB CLK OUT
EAGLE Clock Routing – B Clock
72TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Student Notes
73TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
73
Learning Activities
74TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
74
Learning Activity 1: Cables and Connectors
Provides demonstration and hands-on practice with the EAGLE STP Installation Manual and the EAGLE STP for becoming familiar with the location and function of backplane cables and connectors.
After completing this exercise, the student will be able to locate backplane cables and connectors on diagrams and laboratory equipment, and identify the specific connector designation.
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE STP Installation Manual
STOP and allow the instructor to verify your work.
75TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 1: Cables and Connectors
Instructor DemonstrationNote location of necessary information in the user documentation.Demonstrate the proper use of the Anti-Static Wrist Strap and Ground Cord.Identify the location and state the function of cables and connectors on the EAGLE backplanes.
Learning Activity 1, Assignment AAnswer the following questions by researching the appropriate user documentation.
1. Which connector on the control shelf supplies the “A” Clock for the Control Frame?
2. Which connector on the control shelf supplies the “A” Clock for EF00?
3. Which connector on the control shelf supplies the “B” Clock for EF01?
4. Which connector does the Primary BITS Clock plug into?
5. Terminal 5 plugs into which connector?
6. Into which connector does a signalling link associated with card location 1111, port B plug?
7. How is the connector labeled for card location 1111, port A?
8. Into which connector does a signalling link associated with card location 1201, port A plug?
9. Into which connector does a signalling link associated with card location 1218, port A plug?
10. Which connector, on the control shelf, supplies the B Clock to the first extension shelf of the Control Frame?
11. Which connector, on the 1st extension shelf, supplies the A clock to the 2nd extension shelf on frame CF00?
12. Into which connector does the IMT B bus Out cable, from the control shelf, plug on the extension shelf on frame CF00?
13. The Row Alarm is connected to which connector?
14. Into which connector, does the external alarm/customer alarm 1 cable plug?
76TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 1, Assignment BNOTE: Make sure you have an Anti-Static Wrist Strap on and tested prior to touching the equipment.
Using the documentation and equipment available in the laboratory:
Locate the connectors you have just identified in Assignment A on the EAGLE equipment backplanes.
Locate and highlight the location of each connector on the Control and Extension shelf drawings found in the preceding pages of the presentation.
STOP and allow the instructor to verify your work.
77TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
77
Learning Activity 2: Cables and Cards
Provides demonstration and hands-on practice with the Installation Manual EAGLE 5 ISS and the EAGLE STP for performing procedures associated with:• The location and connection of backplane cables• The identification, location, and physical installation of selected
control shelf cards
After completing this exercise, the student will be able to:• Locate disconnected cables and connect them to the appropriate
backplane connectors.• Install cards in their appropriate shelf slots.
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE STP Installation Manual
78TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 2, Assignment AAnswer the following questions by researching the appropriate user documentation.
1. Which connector supplies the A Power/A Primary Power to the control shelf on frame CF00?
2. In which card slots are the GPSM-II cards found?
3. In which card slots are the TDM cards found?
4. Into which connector does the IMT A bus Out cable plug on the control shelf on frame CF00?
5. Into which connector does the IMT A bus Out cable from the control shelf plug on the extension shelf on frame CF00?
6. In which card slots are the HMUX cards found on the control shelf on frame CF00?
7. Into which connector does the alarm cable, from the FAP on frame CF00, plug?
STOP and review all answers with the instructor prior to beginning Assignment B.
Learning Activity 2, Assignment B1. Wait for your instructor to prepare the EAGLE for this assignment.2. Make sure you attach to the Anti-Static Wrist Strap prior to touching the equipment.3. Using the documentation and equipment available in the laboratory:4. Locate the disconnected cables and attach them to the appropriate connectors on the backplanes.5. Using the Installation Manual, replace all fuses in the correct slots by amp size, as well as plastic
blanks. If a shelf has fans, be sure to insert the fan fuses.6. Install the MAS cards in the control shelf, and HMUX cards in all shelves of the Control frame.7. Wait for the EAGLE MAS cards to initialize.8. Login to the EAGLE using the following user ID and password:
login:uid=eagle , password=eagle9. Enter the command, rept-stat-card, to determine the location of the LIM cards provisioned in the
STP. Install these cards in the correct slots.10. Enter the command, rept-stat-trbl, to determine if there are any alarms that may be present in the
STP. If there are any problems present, notify the instructor.11. STOP and allow the instructor to verify your work
79TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
79
Check Your Learning
Answer the questions to the best of your ability.We will review all answers as a group.
80TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Module 2 Review
1. How many Serial I/O ports are provided on the EAGLE 5 STP? ________ 2. If the customer supplied input power for FAP side A trips, do you lose –48
VDC to all cards being fed from side A? _________3. What are the frame types of the EAGLE STP?
_____________ ______________ _______________ ______________4. Card 1102 is located in which?
frame________shelf_________card slot___________5. How many BITS clock inputs are provided in the EAGLE STP?
A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 46. How are the clocks in the question above labeled?
_____________________________________________
7. How are the serial I/O ports labeled on the Control Shelf backplane? ____________________________________
8. Which manual(s) would list the fuse locations and amperage of each fuse type? __________________________
9. What is the purpose of the Jumper Board of the Fuse & Alarm Panel 870-1606-02? ________________________
10. In which slots are all the IMT Bus modules located? __________________________________________
81TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
Subsystems and Cards
Module 3
82TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
82
This Module contains the following lessons:
Lesson 1 Maintenance and Administration Subsystem
Lesson 2 Communication Subsystem
Lesson 3 Application Subsystem
Module 3
83TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
Maintenance and Administration Subsystem
Module 3 Lesson 1
84TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
84
Lesson 1 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to:Describe the functions of the modules/cards that make up the Maintenance and Administration Subsystem (MAS)The modules of the legacy MAS are:• General Purpose Service Module II (GPSM II)• Terminal Disk Module (TDM)• Maintenance Disk Alarm Module (MDAL)
The modules of the E5-OAM MAS are:• E5- MAS Processor Module (E5-MASP)• E5-Maintenance Disk Alarm Module (E5-MDAL)
Maintenance and Administration Subsystem (MAS)Provides services to the other subsystems such as Maintenance communications, Measurements, Peripheral services, Alarm processing and System disks
Consists of the following system processor cards through Release 40.0:•General Purpose Service Module (GPSM II)•Terminal Disk Module (TDM)•Maintenance Disk Alarm Module (MDAL)
Consists of the following system processor cards after Release 40.0:•E5-based Maintenance Communication Application Processor (E5-MCAP)•E5-based Terminal Disk Module (E5-TDM)•E5-based Maintenance Disk and Alarm card (E5-MDAL)
85TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The MAS detailed here is the legacy MAS that is being replaced by the E5-OAM at Release 40.1.The MAS consists of:
•MASP A - GPSMII card in location 1113 and TDM card in location 1114•MASP B - GPSMII card in location 1115 and TDM card in location 1116•MDAL - in location 1117/1118
There is an Extended Bus Interface (EBI), which is a Small Computer Serial Interface (SCSI) bus providing the connection between the associated GPSM-IIs and TDMs of both MASPs.One MASP is always active and the other is always in the standby mode.If a problem occurs with one of the cards in the active MASP, the two MASPs will switch activity instantly with no adverse effect on MSU processing. Any users logged in at the time of the MASP swap will be logged out and will need to log back into the system. Unsolicited Alarm Message (UAM) 0176 will be generated every time a MASP swap occurs. UAMs will be discussed in Module 7.The EAGLE 5 STP is capable of operating fully with only one set of MASP cards in the system.At the time of a MASP failure, or the removal of one of the MASP cards, the EAGLE begins a simplex timer that runs for approximately 3 minutes. During the timeout of the simplex timer, only rept-stat commands may be entered in the EAGLE 5 STP. If the removed or defective card is not replaced before the simplex timer times out, the EAGLE will switch to simplex operation mode. During the simplex operation mode, all operations of the EAGLE may be completely performed. The EAGLE will generate a message for every command entry indicating the EAGLE is in the simplex operation mode as it completes the command.After the defective or removed MASP card is replaced, the system will revert back to the duplex operation mode within 3 minutes of the card replacement.
85
E5-ENET E5-SM-4G
Maintenance and Administration Subsystem
Workstation
TDM TDM MDAL
1113 1114 1115 1116 1117
Workstation
MASP BEBI
16 I/O Ports
MPL E5-E1/T1 E5-ATM TSM
SCSI
IMTAB
SCSI
MASP AEBI
GPSMII
GPSMII
86TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The GPSM-II is based on the single-slot Enhanced Data Service Module (EDSM) card with the addition of one GB of expansion memory. The GPSM-II card is the only MAS card connected to the IMT buses.The GPSM-II is downloaded with Operations, Administration and Maintenance (OAM) software.It is connected to the TDM by the Extended Bus Interface (EBI).The active processor GPSM-II polls all EAGLE STP modules every second for health and sanity checks (alarm information).The active GPSM-II polls all application cards for Measurements Reports - details discussed in the TK175 EAGLE Measurements Course.When alarm conditions are detected during health checks, the GPSM-II passes the Alarm data to the TDM via the EBI bus.The active GPSM-II receives and executes commands for the EAGLE 5 STP.
86
GPSM-II – General Purpose Service Module
Workstation
TDM TDM MDAL
1113 1114 1115 1116 1117
Workstation
MASP BEBI
16 I/O Ports
SCSI
IMTAB
SCSI
MASP AEBI
GPSMII
GPSMII
E5-ENET E5-SM-4GMPL E5-E1/T1 E5-ATM TSM
87TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
87
GPSM-II LED Description
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- OAM Software load incomplete PROC GREEN – OAM Software load complete
IMT A/B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
PORT A RED – OAM Software load incompleteGREEN – OAM Software load complete
PORT B RED – OAM Software load incompleteGREEN – OAM Software load complete
GP
SM
IIR
ev.A
JTA
G
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
PORT A
PORT B
88TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The TDM provides storage of system software, database configuration, and measurement data on a hard drive of varying sizes according to the specific revision of the TDM.
The TDM provides access to all peripherals attached to the EAGLE such as:• terminals• printers• modems
Another very important function of the TDM, not found in the name of the card, is that it is responsible for system clock distribution.
88
TDM – Terminal Disk Module
Workstation
TDM TDM MDAL
1113 1114 1115 1116 1117
Workstation
MASP BEBI
16 I/O Ports
SCSI
IMTAB
SCSI
MASP AEBI
GPSMII
GPSMII
E5-ENET E5-SM-4GMPL E5-E1/T1 E5-ATM TSM
89TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
89
TDM – LED Description
LEDs Descriptions
Active / RED – Card is resetting, hardware and Standby software are not currently configured
GREEN- Active Processor TDM
AMBER Flashing – Standby Processor TDM
TDM
-GTI
Rev
.A
Active Standby
90TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Since the TDM is responsible for clock distribution it uses the Primary and Secondary BITS clock inputs and distributes one of those BITS clock inputs (default-Primary BITS) to all EAGLE frames CF-00 through EF-04 as Clock A or Clock B. MASP A TDM 1114 distributes the BITS signal to all A clock connectors on the control shelf backplane. MASP B TDM 1116 distributes the BITS signal to all B clock connectors on the control shelf backplane. Customers with DS0 links must use 64Kbps BITS clocks for synchronization.High Speed 1.544 or 2.048 Mbps BITS clocks are optional for customers using E1s or T1s for signaling links. The active processor TDM provides visual alarm data on all terminals (I/O ports) configured as type VT320. All 16 RS-232 terminals (I/O ports) on the EAGLE 5 STP are controlled by the active MASP TDM.The TDMs have a SCSI bus Alarm interface to the MDAL card for audible and visual frame alarm processing.The TDMs have another SCSI bus used to update hard drive data between the active and standby processor TDMs.Data storage on the TDM disk drive is divided into four partitions:
1. Backup Data 2. Current Data 3. Measurements 4. Generic Program Load.
90
TDM
I/O Controller
DiskSCSIs
Power
ClockDistributor
BITSClock
GPSM
Primary
Secondary
A clockto Shelf
16 I/O Ports
EBI
SCSI to MDALSCSI to other TDM
+12V
+5V- 48V
Alarms
B clockto Shelf
TDM
A MASP
TDM
B MASP
TDM
91TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The MDAL card is a multi-layered circuit card that provides the system with removable cartridge data storage and alarm processing from the active MASP.This card contains the audible alarm for the EAGLE 5 STP.It is a double slot card located in slot 1117.The MDAL is shared by both MASPs for alarm processing and some database management procedures.The MDAL supports removable disk data storage.A 2.3 gigabyte two-sided, removable disk (P/N 870-0773-04/05) is used with the MDAL for backups, restores, and EAGLE 5 STP software upgrades.
•Only side A is supported by Tekelec.•Insert disk with the A side facing to the right.
CAUTION! Do not leave the MO disk in the drive for an extended period of time. Exposure to heat may affect execution of backup/restore operations.
91
MDAL – Maintenance Disk and Alarm Card
Workstation
TDM TDM MDAL
1113 1114 1115 1116 1117
Workstation
MASP BEBI
16 I/O Ports
SCSI
IMTAB
SCSI
MASP AEBI
GPSMII
GPSMII
E5-ENET E5-SM-4GMPL E5-E1/T1 E5-ATM TSM
92TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
92
MDAL LED Description
LEDs Descriptions
CRITICAL RED – Critical Alarm condition detected GREEN – No Alarm
MAJOR RED – Major Alarm condition detected GREEN – No Alarm
MINOR AMBER – Minor Alarm condition detected GREEN – No Alarm
MASP A GREEN – MASP A is the active MASP OFF – MASP A is the standby MASP
MASP B GREEN – MASP B is the active MASP OFF – MASP B is the standby MASP
MD
AL
Rev
.A
CRITICAL
MAJOR
MINOR
MASP A
MASP B
93TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
EAGLE Alarms are generated as the active MASP GPSM-II polls every card in the EAGLE.The GPSM-II passes the alarm information to it’s associated TDM.The TDM passes the alarm information to the MDAL via the Alarm Data SCSI Bus.The MDAL distributes the visual alarm information as critical, major, and minor alarms to:
•MDAL card LEDs •FAP of each affected EAGLE 5 STP frame•End panel with alarm lamps•Local maintenance center (LMC)•Remote maintenance center (RMC)
The MDAL has the EAGLE audible alarm to notify the user of the incoming alarm.The MDAL also sends the audible alarm signal to the LMC and RMC connectors.The MDAL also indicates by green LED which MASP, A or B is active.
93
MDAL Alarm Distribution
Disk
Power
AudibleAlarm
GPSM
TDM
Major
Minor
MASP-A
MASP-B
AlarmDistributorSCSI
LEDsAlarm
I/O
-48V +5V
FAPs RMC LMC
Critical
94TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Student Notes
95TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The new E5-MAS is introduced at EAGLE 5 STP release 40.1 and consists of:•MASP A - E5-MASP comprised of E5-MCAP and E5-TDM card in slots 1113 and 1114•MASP B - E5-MASP comprised of E5-MCAP and E5-TDM card in slots 1115 and 1116•E5-MDAL - in slots 1117/1118
There is a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express Bus providing the connection between the E5-MCAP and E5-TDM of each MASP.One MASP is always active and the other is always in the standby mode.If a problem occurs with the active MASP, the two MASPs will switch activity instantly with no adverse effect on MSU processing. Any users logged in at the time of the MASP swap will be logged out and will need to log back into the system. Unsolicited Alarm Message (UAM) 0176 will be generated every time a MASP swap occurs. UAMs will be discussed in Module 7.The EAGLE 5 STP is capable of operating fully with only one E5-MASP in the system.At the time of a E5-MASP failure, or the removal of one of the E5-MASP cards, the EAGLE begins a simplex timer that runs for approximately 3 minutes. During the timeout of the simplex timer, only rept-stat commands may be entered in the EAGLE 5 STP. If the removed or defective card is not replaced before the simplex timer times out, the EAGLE will switch to simplex operation mode. During the simplex operation mode, all operations of the EAGLE may be completely performed. The EAGLE will generate a message for every command entry indicating the EAGLE is in the simplex operation mode as it completes the command.After the defective or removed 5-MASP card is replaced, the system will revert back to the duplex. operation mode within 3 minutes of the card replacement.The E5-MASP require HIPR cards to be installed in the 1109 and 1110 slots.
There is a bidirectional I2C physical interface between the E5-OAM card and the E5-MDAL.This interface allows alarm update information to be sent to the E5-MDAL from the active E5-OAM card.
95
E5-Maintenance and Administration Subsystem
E5-ENET E5-SM-4G
Workstation
E5-MDAL
1117/1118
Workstation
16 I/O Ports
IMTAB
MPL E5-E1/T1 E5-ATM TSM
AB
E5-MASP
E5-MCAP E5-TDM
Flash Drive Credit Card
DriveFixed SATA
Disk
PCI Bus
MASP AE5-MASP
E5-MCAP E5-TDM
Flash Drive Credit Card
DriveFixed SATA
Disk
PCI Bus
MASP B
1113/1114 1115/1116I2C
interface
96TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
96
E5-MASP Card Description
SW-1
SW-2
SW-3
•The E5-MASP is a replacement for the legacy GPSM-II and TDM cards. It contains all of the necessary logic to perform both application and communication processing of the data streams provided by the EAGLE 5 STP. •The E5-MASP card is a single dual-card assembly of the E5-MCAP card mated to an E5-TDM card.•The E5-MASP is a dual-card/dual-slot assembly occupying slots 1113/1114 and 1115/1116 of the control shelf.•Interfacing between the E5-MCAP and E5-TDM on the E5-MASP card is through an onboard PCI express bus.•The E5-Maintenance Communication Application Processor (E5-MCAP) card replaces the GPSM-II at Release 40.1 and contains the following:
•One latched USB port for use with removable flash media “thumb drive” to replace the legacy Magneto-Optic (M.O.) removable Disk.
•Used for database backups and restores•One flush mounted USB port for use with a plug-in “credit card” size flash drive.
•Used for Software upgrades and disaster recovery
97TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
E5-OAM Card Description (cont’d)
•The E5-MASP card provides faceplate switch interfaces for the following devices:• SW-1 is used to notify system software that the removable drive is about to be unplugged, or is plugged in and ready for use.•SW-2 is used to notify system software that the fixed SATA drive is about to be unplugged or is plugged in and ready for use.•SW-3 is used to notify system software that the card is about to be removed and software will begin to gracefully shut down the card.
•The E5-Terminal Disk Module (E5-TDM) contains one fixed SATA solid state drive that is removableand provides storage of system software, database configuration, and measurement data.•The E5-TDM contains three major subsystems:
•Terminal Processor Subsystem – provides EAGLE 5 STP with 16 user-accessible terminals•System Clock Subsystem – distributes Composite Clock and High Speed Master clock throughout the EAGLE 5 STP.•SATA Subsystem – distributes Shelf ID throughout the EAGLE 5 STP and disk storage for the E5-MCAP.
•The E5-MASP provides thermal management and alarm provisions to protect the card from damage due to overheating. It is designed to operate with natural convection cooling and does not require a fan tray for cooling.
98TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
98
USB Removable Media Operation
The following procedure is recommended for removing the removable USB “thumb drive” in the E5-MASP card:
1. Move the SW-1 from the Locked to the Unlocked position and wait for the LED to indicate a steady blue state.
• When SW-1 is transitioned from locked to unlocked, the LED will flash blue to indicate the drive is unlocked and the shutdown process is incomplete.
• Removal of the USB drive prior to the LED indicating steady Blue could result in drive corruption.
2. When the LED indicates a steady blue state, the removable USB drive can be safely removed. The LED is off when the cartridge is fully ejected from the drive.
3. The USB “thumb drive” can now be safely removed from the drive.4. Lift the Removable Drive Access door up, swing it past the detent position so that the
door remains open on its own.5. Grasp the pull tab of the slide and pull the slide out slowly until it stops ( about ½ inch).Caution: The full travel of the slide is less than an inch, do not try to pull the assembly to
expose the full length of the thumb drive as this is beyond the slide’s design.6. The USB drive is disengaged and can be taken from the inject/eject assembly.
99TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
USB Removable Media Operation (cont’d)
The following procedure is recommended for inserting the removable USB “thumb drive”:1. Insert a USB thumb drive into the removable drive door inject-eject assembly.2. Grasp the pull tab of the slide and push the slide in slowly until it stops (about ½ inch).3. Close the access door.4. Move SW-1 from the unlocked to the LOCKED position.
1. When SW-1 is transitioned from unlocked to locked, the LED will flash blue to indicate the drive is locked and in process of coming online.
5. When the LED turns off, the removable USB drive is ready for use.
100TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
100
E5-MASP LED Description
Application ProcessorIMT Bus A/BACT A
Removable Media Status
Active/StandbySATA Media Status
MASP H/S
Descriptions of the six LEDs visible on the front of the E5-MASP card are on the following slide.
101TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Media is unlocked and ready for removalSteady Blue
WAIT Media is unlocked and in process of shutting down or Media is locked and in process of coming online Blinking Blue
MASP H/S
Media is locked and operatingOff
Media is unlocked and ready for removalSteady Blue
WAIT Media is unlocked and in process of shutting down or Media is locked and in process of coming online Blinking Blue
Removable Media Status
Media is locked and operatingOff
Media is unlocked and ready for removalSteady Blue
WAIT Media is unlocked and in process of shutting down or Media is locked and in process of coming online Blinking Blue
SATA Media Status
Media is locked and operatingOff
The card is the standby MASPBlinking Green/AmberActive / Standby
The card is the active MASPGreen
Signal detectedGreen
No signal detectedRedACT A
Card is not functioningOff
Connected to bus and active Green
Testing not completeAmberIMT B
Not connected to busRed
Connected to bus and active Green
Testing not completeAmberIMT A
Not connected to busRed
Card is runningGreen
Card is loadingAmberProcessor
Card is bootingRedApplication
No powerOff
DescriptionStatusLED
102TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
102
E5-MDAL LED Description
LEDs Descriptions
CRITICAL RED – Critical Alarm condition detected GREEN – No Alarm
MAJOR RED – Major Alarm condition detected GREEN – No Alarm
MINOR AMBER – Minor Alarm condition detected GREEN – No Alarm
MASP A GREEN – MASP A is the active MASP OFF – MASP A is the standby MASP
MASP B GREEN – MASP B is the active MASP OFF – MASP B is the standby MASP
E5-
MD
AL
Rev
.1CRITICAL
MAJOR
MINOR
MASP A
MASP B
There is only one E5-MDAL card in a control card set and it is shared between the two E5-MASP cards.The E5-MDAL is located in slots 1117 and 1118.The E5-MDAL card performs the following functions:
Processes alarm requestsCritical, Major and Minor system alarms are provided for up to 6 EAGLE 5 STP frames.Provides the system audible alarm
Provides general purpose relays - provide software controlled general purpose outputs for the system.Provides fan control if fans are utilized in the EAGLE 5 STP on a per frame basis
The E5-MDAL does not contain a disk drive.
103TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
103
E5-MDAL Alarm Distribution
Power
AudibleAlarm
E5-MCAP
E5-TDM
Major
Minor
MASP-A
MASP-B
AlarmDistributor
LEDsAlarm
I/O
-48V +5V
FAPs RMC LMC
Critical
E5-MASP
IMT Bus
When the active E5-MCAP card detects a problem, it will send alarm information to the E5-TDM that will send the alarm information to the I/O ports and to the E5-MDAL.The E5-MDAL will distribute the alarm information to the LEDs on the E5-MDAL, to the RMC and LMC connectors and also to the FAP of the frame (s) where the problem (s) were detected.The E5-MDAL will also sound the EAGLE 5 STP audible alarm.
104TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
104
Module 3 Lesson 1 Check Your Learning
Answer the questions to the best of your ability.We will review all answers as a group.
105TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Module 3 Lesson 1 Review
1. What EAGLE STP subsystem includes the GPSM-II and TDM?
2. What card contains the removable drive in the E5-OAM cards?
3. Which EAGLE 5 STP module controls the I/O ports?
4. The TDM is responsible for clock distribution.TRUE / FALSE
5. The GPSM II is based on the single slot EDCM card.TRUE / FALSE
6. The ___________________________ module is responsible for Timing.
7. The ___________________________ module is responsible for visual alarm distribution.
8. The ___________________________ interface provides connectivity for the GPSM II and TDM in each MASP.
9. The ___________________________ provides the interface within the E5-MASP card.
10.The EAGLE 5 STP is capable of full operation with only one functioning MASP.TRUE / FALSE
11.The active ______________________________ executes commands for the EAGLE 5 STP.
106TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Student Notes
107TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
Communication Subsystem
Module 3 Lesson 2
108TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
108
Lesson 2 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to:Describe the functions of the modules/cards that make up the Communication Subsystem The modules of the Communication Subsystem are:• High Speed Multiplexer Module (HMUX)• High Speed Packet Router Module (HIPR)
The buses found in the Communication Subsystem are:• Inter-processor Message Transport Bus (IMT)• Small Computer System Bus (SCSI)
Communications SubsystemConsists of the following two separate sets of buses
•Small Computer System Interface (SCSI) bus•Inter-processor Message Transport (IMT)
The Gigabit IMT bus will have one or both of the following bus card types:•High Speed Multiplexer (HMUX)•High Speed IMT Packet Router (HIPR)
109TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
There are two different types of IMT bus cards used in the EAGLE 5 STP, the HMUX and HIPR cards. Each card type supports a different bus topology. The two topologies are as follows:
•HMUX Ring TopologyThe High-Speed Multiplexer card (HMUX), supports requirements for more than 1500 links850-0330-06 Control Shelf Backplane required.HMUX cards are required to support the Sentinel / IAS Business Applications Platform, Large Systems and EAGLE Software from release 30.0 and beyond.
•HIPR Switch TopologyThe High-Speed IMT Packet Router (HIPR) Module provides increased IMT bus bandwidth and individual high-speed card/server links.The HIPR enhances the IMT bus by introducing switched 125 Mbps interfaces to each slot within a shelf. Traffic between cards on the same shelf will be switched directly to the destination slot and is not transmitted to any other cards in the shelf.HIPR cards are required in shelves equipped with HC-MIM or any E5 cards.EAGLE 5 STP may contain a mix of HMUX and HIPR cards.EAGLE shelves cannot contain a mix of HMUX and HIPR cards.The HIPR card replaces the legacy low speed shelf ring with a switched design. This move from an intra-shelf ring topology to an inter-shelf switch topology gives a 16 to 1 transmission speed advantage in that a single low speed ring circuit is being replaced with 16 individual switched circuits.The inter-shelf ring connects the shelves together and HIPR cards acts as a gateway between the intra-shelf IMT bus, running at 125 Mbps and the inter-shelf ring operating at 1Gbps.HIPR retains the high speed 1Gbps IMT Channel Ring as a way to ensure interoperability with HMUX equipped shelves.
109
HMUX Ring / HIPR Switch Topology
Switch Interface with HIPR Cards 125 Mbps
Intershelf IMT Ring1 Gbps
Shelf Rings with HMUX Cards
125 Mbps
Up to 16 shelf rings
To Individual Slots
To Individual Slots
HIPR Shelf
HIPR Shelf
HMUX Shelf
HMUX Shelf
110TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
This slide represents the counter rotation function of the IMT buses.In the above example, there are only two EAGLE frames. •The Control Shelf IMT bus A “Out” connector is cabled to the bottom (most distant) shelf IMT bus A “In” connector of EF-00.•The bottom shelf of EF-00 IMT bus A “out” connector is cabled to the middle shelf of EF-00 IMT bus A “in” connector.•The middle shelf of EF-00 IMT bus A “out “ connector is cabled to the top shelf of EF-00 IMT bus A “in” connector.•The top shelf of EF-00 IMT bus A “out” connector is cabled to the bottom shelf of CF-00 IMT bus A “in” connector.•The bottom shelf of CF-00 IMT bus A “out” connector is cabled to the middle shelf of CF-00 IMT bus A “in” connector.•The middle shelf of CF-00 IMT bus A “out “ connector is cabled to the top shelf (Control Shelf) IMT bus A “in” connector.•IMT bus B is cabled the exact opposite of IMT A as is represented in this slide.
110
Interprocessor Message Transport Bus (IMT)EF-00 CF-00
AIMTOUT
AIMTIN
BIMTOUT
BIMTIN
AIMTOUT
AIMTIN
BIMTOUT
BIMTIN
AIMTOUT
AIMTIN
BIMTOUT
BIMTIN
AIMTOUT
AIMTIN
BIMTOUT
BIMTIN
AIMTOUT
AIMTIN
BIMTOUT
BIMTIN
AIMTOUT
AIMTIN
BIMTOUT
BIMTIN
111TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
111
HMUX LED Description
LEDs Descriptions
ALIGN RED – HMUX programming has failed AMBER – Programming is complete GREEN – Code initialization is complete
SHELF RED – Shelf ID address does not match AMBER – Code initialization is achieved and programming is completeGREEN – Programming is complete and ID address matches stored address
PROC RED – When power on reset is in progressAMBER – Programming in progressGREEN – Programming and code initialization is complete
HM
UX
Rev
.A
ALIGN
SHELF
PROC
112TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
112
HIPR LED Description
LEDs Descriptions
ALIGN RED – HIPR programming has failed AMBER – Programming is complete GREEN – Code initialization is complete
SHELF RED – Shelf ID address does not match AMBER – Code initialization is achieved and programming is complete
GREEN – Programming is complete and ID address matches stored address
PROC RED – When power on reset is in progress
AMBER – Programming in progress
GREEN – Programming and code initialization is complete
Rev
.AH
IPR
ALIGN
SHELF
PROC
113TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
113
Module 3 Lesson 2 Check Your Learning
Answer the questions to the best of your ability.We will review all answers as a group.
114TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Module 3 Lesson 2 Review
1. What type buses make up the communication subsystem?
2. If a technician opens both IMT buses, what happens to the EAGLE STP?
3. What slots in every shelf contain IMT bus cards?
4. The two types of IMT bus cards used today are _________ __________.
5. The __________ card uses Switch Topology for message routing in the IMT bus.
6. What condition is indicated when the IMT bus card Shelf LED is red?
____________________________________________________________
115TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
Application Subsystem
Module 3 Lesson 3
116TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
116
Lesson 3 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to:Describe the functions of the modules/cards that make up the Application SubsystemThe modules of the Application Subsystem are:• Multiport LIM (MPL)• E1/T1 MIM• Enhanced Database Communication Modules (EDCM)• High Capacity Multi-Channel Interface Module (HC-MIM)• E5-E1/T1• E1-ATM• E5-ATM• E5-ENET• E5-IPSM• E5-TSM• Measurement Collection and Polling Module (MCPM)• Service Modules (EDSM, E5-SM4G)
Application SubsystemConsists of application cards. Application cards are capable of communicating with all other cards through redundant IMT buses. A Communications Processor on each application card provides control of communications from card to card via the Gigabit IMT buses.Refer to the reference information in the Commands manual for a complete list of EAGLE 5 STP card types, software types, applications for each card type and the number allowed in a configuration.
117TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
All application cards supporting all types of signaling links, SS7, ATM, E1, T1 and IP will process MSUs in the same manner as depicted in this slide. The only difference is that IP packets processed on SIGTRAN cards are first converted to an SS7 message and then processed.
The MSU processing order is listed below:1. Level 2 error checking is performed (except on IP links). 2. All MTP & partial SCCP Gateway Screening is performed if the GWS feature is activated.3. Message Discrimination is performed on the DPC of the routing label:4. If one of the EAGLE point codes (PC or CPC) is not the DPC on the routing label, the MSU
proceeds to the MTP routing table to determine how to route the MSU to it destination.5. If one of the EAGLE point codes (PC or CPC) is the DPC, the MSU moves to the distribution
function to analyze the service indicator (SI) to determine the type of service the MSU is requesting.
• If the SI = 0,1 or 2, the Link Interface card will take the appropriate action based on the type of network management message received.
• If the SI = 3 (SCCP), the MSU proceeds to step 6.6. SCCP Routing will send the MSU to the first available SCCP card in order to perform GTT and
route the MSU according to result of the GTT table information.
117
Link Interface Card MSU ProcessingE5-E1/T1MPLHC-MIME5-SM4G
IMT Interface
AB
SCCP Routing MTP Routing
Distribution Discrimination
GatewayScreening
MTP 2 Error Detection (1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Signaling Link
Signaling Link Receive Control
Signaling Link Transmit Control
118TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The Multi-Port LIM (MPL) used in EAGLE STP systems provides eight DS0 links transporting SS7 traffic in a single EAGLE STP card slot. Link A and B are backward compatible with the legacy two-port LIM card. Additional links A1-A3 and B1-B3 are DS0 interfaces only.The MPL card improves the functionality of ANSI SS7 routing within the EAGLE by increasing the number of SS7 links the EAGLE can handle for each LIM card. This allows the EAGLE to interact in larger SS7 networks as well as decreasing the size of an EAGLE (for example, previously 250 cards would be required to support 500 links, now only 63 cards are required).
118
Multiport LIM (MPL) Description
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER – MPL is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASP GREEN – MPL is running an application
IMT A/B RED – MPL is off IMT Bus AMBER – MPL is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – MPL is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
ALL RED – Link is out of service or not provisioned PORTS GREEN – Link is aligned and in service
RED/GREEN Flashing – Link is in Loopback
MP
L-T
Rev
.AJT
AG
APPL PROCIMT AIMT B
PORTSAA1A2A3
B2B3
B1B
AP
PLI
CA
TIO
N
TER
MIN
AL
119TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The E1/T1 Multi-Channel Interface Module (E1/T1 MIM) provides a dual-port (A and B), framed, channelized connection to a customers network.The interface to each link is mapped to the DS0 time-slots in the fractional E1 or T1 data streams. Each E1 or T1 MIM supports a maximum of eight High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC) channels that can be provisioned as using either E1 or T1 protocols and assigned to any unused time-slot.An E1 backplane extension is provided to connect other E1/T1 cards configured as LIMCH cards in the EAGLE shelf to the E1/T1 data stream so that all channels can be mapped. This would require four E1/T1 MIMs to map an entire E1 link (31 time slots) or three E1/T1 MIMs to map a T1 link (24 time slots). The E1/T1 MIM configured as a LIM-T1 will implement the ANSI T1 standard for 1.544 MHz data transmission and configured as a LIM-E1 will implement the European (ITU) E1 standard for 2.048 MHz data transmission.Each E1/T1 MIM port is capable of operation for E1 or T1 line rates but the interfaces will never be mixed on a single circuit card. The E1/T1 MIM does not support clear-channel (no channels) operation.Only E1/T1 Port A can be extended.
119
E1/T1 MIM Description
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER – Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASPGREEN – Card is running an application
IMT A/B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
PORTS RED – No channels are provisioned 1 & 2 RED BLINKING – All channels provisioned = OOS
AMBER – Card is an E1/T1 Channel CardAMBER BLINKING – Any channel(s) provisioned = OOSGREEN - All channels provisioned = IS-NR
EXT RED – No channels are provisionedPORT RED BLINKING – All channels provisioned = OOS
AMBER – Card is an E1-T1 Master CardAMBER BLINKING – Any channels provisioned = OOSGREEN – All channels provisioned = IS-NR
PORT 2
E1/
T1 M
IMR
ev.A
JTA
G
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
PORT 1
EXT PORT
AP
PLI
CA
TIO
N
TER
MIN
AL
PORT 2
120TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The High-Capacity Multichannel Interface Module (HC-MIM) is a dual slot card providing eight trunk terminations processing up to 64 signaling links of configurable channelized E1 or T1 connectivity. The eight E1/T1 links reside on backplane connectors, four links connect to Port A and four links connect to Port B. The HC-MIM may be configured to support two unchannelized High Speed Links (SE-HSL). These links may be provisioned on link a and b on any 2 of the 8 HC-MIM card ports.Total system signaling link capacity depends on other cards within the system and must not exceed the provisioning limit of the EAGLE system.Since the HCMIM has the capacity to process a full T1 or E1 on a single card, daisy chaining or channel card operation is not needed. Any shelves that contains HC-MIM cards must be equipped with HIPR IMT bus cards.HC-MIM cards require fan tray assembly P/N 890-0001-04 for thermal management.Any blank slots on shelves with HC-MIM cards must have air management cards P/N 870-1824-02.Any frames with HC-MIM must have 60 amp power circuits.HC-MIM cards should be placed in odd slots only.
120
High-Capacity Multi-Channel Interface ModuleLEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER – Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASPGREEN – Card is running an application
IMT A/B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
PORT RED – Port not provisioned RED BLINKING – Loss of signal and remaining errorsAMBER – Remote alarm conditionAMBER BLINKING – Loss of frame synchronizationGREEN - No alarms, port has acquired timing and frame synchronization
LINK RED – No channels are provisionedRED BLINKING – All channels provisioned = OOSAMBER – Indicates port is the “reflected” port in Channel Bridging mode of operationAMBER BLINKING – Any channels provisioned = OOSGREEN – All channels provisioned = IS-NR
HC
-MIM
Rev
.A
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
PORT LINK
1234
PORT LINK
5678
A
B
121TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The E5-E1/T1 is a single slot card providing up to eight E1 or T1 trunk terminations processing up to 32 low speed signaling links.The eight E1/T1 ports of the E5-E1/T1 are equally split between the A and B Port backplane connectors.The E5-E1/T1 supports only SE-HSL signaling link on one of the eight ports and it must be terminated on Port A. A maximum of 64 SE-HSL are permitted in the EAGLE 5 STP when using the E5-E1/T1..Unlike the older E1/T1 MIM, the E5-E1/T1 does not require or support channel cards.HIPR bus cards are required for any shelf where E5-E1/T1 cards are configured.
121
E5-E1/T1 DescriptionLEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER – Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASPGREEN – Card is running an application
IMT A/B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
PORT RED – Port not provisioned RED BLINKING – Loss of signal and remaining errorsAMBER – Remote alarm conditionAMBER BLINKING – Loss of frame synchronizationGREEN - No alarms, port has acquired timing and frame synchronization
LINK RED – No channels are provisionedRED BLINKING – All channels provisioned = OOSAMBER – Indicates port is the “reflected” port in Channel Bridging mode of operation. Applies only to “even” numbered portsAMBER BLINKING – Any channels provisioned = OOSGREEN – All channels provisioned = IS-NR
E5-
E1/
T1R
ev.A
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
PORT LINK
1234
PORT LINK
5678
A
B
122TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
122
E1-ATM Module Description
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER – Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASPGREEN – Card is running an application
IMT A/B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
PORT A RED – Link is out of service GREEN - Link is aligned and in service
RSRV - Not currently usedReserved
PORT 2
E1A
TMR
ev.A
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
PORTA
RSRV
LIM E1-ATM provides one Asynchronous Transfer Mode over E1 Interface at 2.048 MbpsThe E1-ATM applique provides a new communications capability on the EAGLE, a High Speed Link (HSL) using ATM over E1.A maximum of 115 ATM HSL are permitted in the EAGLE 5 STP when using the E1-ATM..The E1-ATM feature requires one E1 link Interface Module-ATM (E1-ATM) for each high speed link terminated.The E1-ATM supports a single ATM Virtual Channel Connection (VCC) at a line speed of 2.048 Mbps.The E1-ATM operates similar to any other link interface module, except for the Link Fault Sectionalization (LFS) feature, which is not a requirement for E1 links.A maximum of 115 E1-Atm cards may be provisioned in the EAGLE 5 STP.
123TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The E5-ATM card is a single slot card providing ATM over E1 or T1 connectivity for EAGLE 5 STP control and extension shelves. The E5-ATM provides the following functions:
•SS7 link, ATM over T1 (ANSI) SS7 link, ATM over E1 (ITU)•TVG based load sharing STP/LAN (SLAN)•Integrated Sentinel (e-route) Integrated Message Feeder•BICC support Thermal protection•Two ATM signaling links operating at 1 Erlang•Higher throughput than current HCAP-based LIMATM and LIME1ATM cards Automatic on/off CRC4 detection for E1 framing
A maximum of 180 E5-ATM cards may be provisioned on the EAGLE 5 STP.A maximum of 180 ATM HSL are permitted on the EAGLE 5 STP using the E5-ATM. This may be accomplished with 90 E5-ATM cards if 2 HSL per card are provisioned.The E5-ATM card supports a new ATMHC GPL. This card can be used to replace the LIM-ATM and E1-ATM cards.This card is a hot-swap compatible replacement for the HCAP-based LIMATM and LIME1ATM cards.The LIM-ATM and the E1-ATM cards are still supported and can co-exist with the E5-ATM card in the same node.Requires HIPR cards in any shelves where these cards are configured.Cooling fans are not required and the E5-ATM includes thermal management and alarming provisions to protect the card from damage if environmental conditions hinder thermal stability. More thermal management details may be found in the EAGLE 5 STP Hardware Manual.
123
E5-ATM Module DescriptionLEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER – Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASPGREEN – Card is running an application
IMT A/B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
PORTS RED – Port not provisioned 1 & 2 RED BLINKING – Loss of signal
AMBER – Remote alarm condition or loss of cell delineationAMBER BLINKING – Loss of frame synchronizationGREEN - E1/T1 framing is established
LINK RED – Signaling link is not provisioned1&2 RED BLINKING – Signaling link is out of service
AMBER – Signaling link alignment is ready to start alignmentAMBER BLINKING – Signaling link alignment is in progress GREEN BLINKING – Signaling link alignment successful awaiting far end INSVGREEN – Signaling link is alignedE
5-A
TMR
ev.A
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
PORT LINK
10
123
A
124TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
•Single Slot Enhanced DCM (SSEDCM)Supports the Signaling Transfer Point, Local Area Network (SLAN) function.SIGTRAN protocol runs on the SSEDCM cards.When configured as an IPLIM, the DCM provides point to point SCTP connections to be used to carry SS7 traffic on B,C,D links. The card supports up to 2,500 TPS as long as the MSU average size is 140 Bytes or less. It also supports up to four associations.When configured as an IPGW, the DCM provides point to multipoint TCP/IP connections to be used to carry SS7 traffic on A links over the IP network to Sigtran intelligent peripherals. The card supports up to 1,700 TPS and up to eight connections.The DCM supports IEEE 802.3 Ethernet (10/100 Base-T full-duplex) access on Port A or Port B, or both.Beginning with Release 38.0, any type of dual-slot DCM card is no longer supported.•Signaling Transport Card (STC)The Signaling Transport Card (STC) uses a DCM card configured with the “eroute” application.The STC card functions as an IP router between the IMT bus internal to an EAGLE STP and the Ethernet networks used to communicate with an associated Sentinel or IAS Platform.The STC card provides the IP interface between the EAGLE Link Interface cards on the IMT bus and the Tekelec Sentinel or IAS Network Monitoring platforms.
124
Database Communications Module Description
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER – Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASPGREEN – Card is running an application
IMT A RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
IMT B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
PORT A RED – Link is not provisioned or out of service GREEN – Link is aligned and in service
PORT B RED – Link is not provisioned or out of service GREEN – Link is aligned and in service E
DC
M-A
Rev
.A
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
PORT A
PORT B
125TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The E5-ENET card is a single slot card providing one or more Ethernet interfaces. It is a replacement and enhancement of the SSEDCM card. Requires HIPR IMT bus cards in any shelf where the E5-ENET is configured.The E5-ENET card has two physical 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports and supports the STPLAN function. The E5-ENET is provisionable for IPLIM or IPGW, but does not support both functions on a single card simultaneously. The E5-ENET supports up to 5000 TPS. The capacity varies according to MSU size and protocol used.E5-ENET supported applications:
•IPLIM – SCTP & M2PA (TPS=1600 – 4000)•IPGWY – SCTP, M3UA (TPS=1120-4000), SUA (TPS=800-3000)•IPSG – SCTP, M2PA & M3UA (TPS=1120-4000)
IPLIM supports point-to-point connectivity replacing B, C & D links (STP to STP).IPGW supports point-to-multipoint connectivity replacing A links (STP to IP-Based device).IPSG supports up to 32 links of the types supported in IPLIM & IPGWE5-ENET Capacities:
IPLIM IPGWYE5-ENET cards per node 100 64SCTP entities per E5-ENET module 16 SCTP/IP 50 SCTP
Associations ConnectionsThe E5-ENET card includes thermal management and alarming provisions to protect the card from damage if environmental conditions hinder thermal stability. More thermal management details may be found in the EAGLE 5 STP Hardware Manual.
125
E5-ENET Module Description
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics PROC AMBER – Card is loading an application or is being polled by the
active MASPGREEN – Card is running an application
IMT A/B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
ACT RED – Signaling link inactive, or 1 or more active links are out of (activity) service
GREEN - All active links are in-serviceOFF – No Ethernet signal detected
LINK RED – N/AGREEN – Ethernet signal detectedOFF – No Ethernet signal detected
E5-
EN
ET
Rev
.A
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
ACT LINK
01
ACT LINK
01
A
B
126TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The EAGLE STP processes incoming message signal units (MSUs) at the MTP message Transfer Part layer. The MSU processing order is listed below:
1. Level 2 error checking is performed. 2. Message Discrimination is performed on the DPC of the routing label. If one the EAGLE point codes
(PC or CPC) is the DPC, the MSU moves to the distribution function3. The distribution function analyzes the service indicator (SI) to determine the type of service the MSU
is requesting.If the SI = 3 (SCCP), the MSU proceeds to step 4.
4. SCCP Routing will send the MSU to the first available SCCP card in order to perform Global Title Translations to determine the DPC of the next signaling point.
5. If the query passes the GWS rules, it will be passed to the MTP3 routing function to determine how to route the MSU according to result of the GTT table information.
126
SCCP MSU Processing Example
Distribution
Discrimination
Link Interface CardsTSM SCCP / DSM VSCCP E5-SM4G-VSCCP
Incoming SCCP MSU
Routing
GTT Tablesxxxx yyyy xxxx yyyyxxxx yyyy xxxx yyyyxxxx yyyy xxxx yyyyxxxx yyyy xxxx yyyy
Link Interface CardsTo SCP
MTP 2
(2)
(3)(4)
(5)
(1)
127TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
127
E5-TSM Description
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER – Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASPGREEN – Card is running an application
IMT A RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
IMT B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
E5-
TSM
Rev
.A
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
The E5-TSM may only be configured with appl=GLS to support Gateway Screening. It is not used with appl=SCCP.The E5-TSM is a replacement for the legacy TSM-256. The E5-TSM must be configured in HIPR equipped shelves.Multiple E5-TSM cards should be powered from different fuse positions and power feeds.
128TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The DSM has from 1 to 4 Gbytes of memory when only performing GTT.DSMs must have 4Gbytes of memory for the following functions using the VSCCP application:
•LNP – Local Number Portability•G-Port – GSM portable numbering plan•G-Flex – GSM flexible numbering plan•EIR – Equipment Identity Register•INP – Intelligent Network Application Protocol based Number Portability
With any of these application the DSM can also perform conventional Global Title Translations and partial SCCP Gateway Screening (CDPA & AFTPC).
The DSM supports up to 1700 Transactions per Second (TPS) for GTT and 850 TPS for MPS services or 1100 TPS for ITU MPS services activated by control feature.Up to 25 DSMs may be configured with the VSCCP application.
128
Database Service Module (DSM) Description
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER – Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASPGREEN – Card is running an application
IMT A RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
IMT B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
PORT A RED – Link is not provisioned or out of service GREEN – Link is aligned and in service
PORT B RED – Link is not provisioned or out of service GREEN – Link is aligned and in service D
SM
-4G
Rev
.A
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
PORT A
PORT B
129TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The E5-SM4G is a double slot database service module with 3.1 GB of application processor memory providing the following functionality for the EAGLE 5 STP:
•A maximum of 32 E5-SM4G cards may be configured in the database with the GTT feature.•The E5-SM4G by default supports up to 1700 TPS. •There is Control Feature support for up to 5000 TPS with GTT and at least another feature like LNP, MNP, or EIR activated. The number portability feature deployed cannot support more than 192 million numbers when activating the 5000 TPS feature. This capacity drops to 3125 TPS if traffic is processed by the EPAP-based features. There can be no DSM cards in the configuration for the maximum TPS of 5000. •A maximum of 25 E5-SM4G cards may be configured in the database with any of the MPS-based number portability features activated.•The E5-SM4G can interoperate with DSM cards at an operating capacity of 850, 1100, or 1700 TPS.
The E5-SM4G is a direct replacement for DSM-4G with no additional provisioning.The E5-SM4G requires HIPR bus cards in the shelf where it is configured.The E5-SM4G provides thermal management and alarming provisions to protect the card from damage due to overheating.
129
E5-SM4G Description
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER – Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASPGREEN – Card is running an application
IMT A/B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
ACT RED – No signal detected GREEN - Signal detectedOFF – Card non-functional
PORT AMBER – Data link active operating at 1GbpsGREEN – Data link active operating at 10/100 MbpsOFF – Card non-functional
E5-
SM
4GR
ev.A
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
ACT
AB
PORT
130TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The Enhanced DSM-2G (EDSM) card is only configured as card type Measurement Collection and Polling Module (MCPM) and provides:•Provides comma delimited core STP measurement data to a remote server for processing•Required for the Measurements Platform feature •A EDSM-2G is p/n 870-2372-14 and configured only as MCPM and is downloaded with MCP application.More details on this card are discussed in the TK175 EAGLE Measurements Course.
130
Enhanced DSM-2G Module Description
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics AMBER – Card is loading an application or is being polled by the active MASPGREEN – Card is running an application
IMT A RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
IMT B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
PORT A RED – Link is not provisioned or out of service GREEN – Link is aligned and in service
PORT B RED – Link is not provisioned or out of service GREEN – Link is aligned and in service E
DS
M-2
GR
ev.A
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
PORT A
PORT B
131TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The Eagle STP has a Measurements Platform (MP) feature that provides dedicated processors for collecting and reporting measurement data.The Measurement Platform is required for an EAGLE 5 STP with more than 700 links. Scheduled measurement reports are automatically generated, stored on the MCPM cards and transferred to the customer’s FTP server via the FTP interface.The Measurements Platform incorporates two Measurement Collection & Polling Modules (MCPM) with IP communications link between the EAGLE and the customer network.The MCPM cards operate in a primary/secondaries configuration.
•The primary MCPM performs all collection and reporting functions.•The secondary MCPM cards act as backups for the primary.
131
MCPM Example
EDSMEDSM
E5-ENET E5-SM-4G
Workstation
TDM TDM MDAL
1113 1114 1115 1116 1117
Workstation
MASP BEBI
16 I/O Ports
MPL E5-E1/T1 E5-ATM TSM
SCSI
IMTAB
SCSI
MASP AEBI
GPSMII
GPSMII
132TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The E5-IPSM card is a single slot card with the ability to add up to 8 telnet terminal connections per card to the EAGLE 5 STP.A maximum of 3 E5-IPSM cards may be added to EAGLE 5 STP configuration.Each E5-IPSM provides up to eight telnet terminal connections, providing a maximum of 24 telnet access ports in addition to the 16 MMI (RS232 terminal) ports.Terminal assignments for the EAGLE 5 STP are as follows:
•Terminals 1-16 are basic RS-232 terminals provided on the EAGLE 5 STP•E5-IPSM Card #1 – Terminals 17-24•E5-IPSM Card #2 – Terminals 25-32•E5-IPSM Card #3 – Terminals 33-40
E5-IPSMs require HIPR bus cards on any shelf where they are provisioned.
132
E5-IPSM Description
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED- Application Processor is not running or is failing diagnostics PROC AMBER – Card is loading an application or is being polled by the
active MASPGREEN – Card is running an application
IMT A/B RED – Card is off IMT BusAMBER – Card is on IMT Bus, but testing is not complete GREEN – Card is on the IMT Bus BLANK – Communication processor is not operating
ACT RED – No signal detected GREEN - Signal detectedOFF – Port non-functional
LINK RED – Data link inactiveGREEN – Data link activeOFF – Port non-functional
E5-
IPS
MR
ev.A
APPL PROC
IMT A
IMT B
ACT LINK
10
1
A
B
133TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The IP User Interface is a control feature that must be purchased before it is used.This feature requires either EDSM-1G or E5-IPSM cards configured as card type IPSM running the IPS application.A maximum of 3 IPSM cards are allowed in the EAGLE.Each IPSM card can support up to 8 telnet sessions.A maximum of 24 telnet sessions are added with the IPSM cards.These telnet sessions are in addition to the 16 MMI (RS-232 terminal) connections available on the EAGLE.The IPSM telnet session resembles the KSR mode discussed previously. One exception is that the ctrl-A key is not required to enter commands.Benefits of this feature include:
•Access speed is improved as compared to a modem•Remote access is enabled•Dialup is not required•Additional 24 user interface points are available
Details concerning setting up a Secure Telnet Connection to the EAGLE 5 STP using PuTTY may be found in the “Database Administration-System Management” Manual of the current Release software.
133
IP User Interface Example
E5-IPSM
1101
Card Card Card Card
IMT AB
Card Card
Workstations / Laptops
EDSM-1G
1103
8-IPConnections
per card
134TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
134
Module 3 Lesson 3 Check Your Learning
Answer the questions to the best of your ability.We will review all answers as a group.
135TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Module 3 Lesson 3 Review
1. The MPL can only be a DS0A.TRUE / FALSE
2. The E1/T1MIM may have both E1 and T1 channels on the same card.TRUE / FALSE
3. The HC-MIM supports up to ______ low speed signaling links.
4. The E5-E1/T1 supports up to ______ low speed signaling links.
5. The E5-E1/T1 supports channel cards.TRUE / FALSE
6. The E5-ATM supports ____ ATM links operating at 1 Erlang.
7. The DCM card is used as the STC card with the __________ application.
8. Up to ______ E5-ENET cards may be provisioned as IPLIM.
9. The DSM and E5-SM4G cards have _____ Gbytes of RAM.
10.What card type may be configured as the MCPM? _______________________________________
136TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Student Notes
137TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
Basic System Administration
Module 4
138TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The EAGLE STP Commands Manual will be used as reference for this section of the course.
138
Module 4 Objectives
After this Module, you should be able to• Describe the difference between a keyword and a
parameter• Explain command classes
• Configure EAGLE STP terminals • Enter commands• Understand system security functions
139TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Keywords•Identify the principal action to be performed by the system•Consist of one to three words, separated by a hyphen delimiter
Parameters•Further define the command operation•Parameters are either mandatory (M) or optional (O) as indicated in the commands in the Commands manual.•A colon ( : ) separates the keyword from the first parameter•A colon ( : ) is used as a delimiter between parameters•An equals ( = ) sign acts as a delimiter between each parameter and the value assigned to the parameter.
139
Command Syntax
Commands are used to:• Obtain system and operational status• Modify system configuration• Obtain measurement reports
Keyword Examples>login
>rtrv-dstn>chg-trm>rept-stat-db
Keyword Examples with Parameters>login:uid=xxx>rtrv-dstn:dpc=xxx>chg-trm:trm=x:all=yes
>rept-stat-db:display=all
140TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The keyword types found in EAGLE commands are:•ent – enter chg - change•dlt – delete rept-stat – (status report)•rtrv – retrieve act - activate•dact – de-activate inh - inhibit•unhb – uninhibit init – initialize•blk – block ublk - unblock•alw – allow
A rtrv command is a request for information from the active TDM, in other words, it is information obtained from the TDM hard disk.A rept-stat command is a request for information from the device itself. It is a request for the latest, up to the second, report about the status of the device in question.The commands are listed in alphabetical order in the various command classes that will be discussed on the next slide. A command is never duplicated in any of the EAGLE command classes.
140
Types of Command Keywords
EAGLE commands consist of several different keywords. The most common keywords are:• ent - enter• chg - change• dlt - delete
rept-stat – status reports• rept-stat commands are real time status reports
from cardsrtrv – retrieve• rtrv commands are retrieved from data stored on
the TDM hard drive
141TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
*NOTE - You should NEVER use Debug command without help from the Tekelec Technical Assistance Center!!
In your user documentation set (Commands Manual) you can find all commands listed in alphabetical order. For each command listed, the following information is given:•A description of the command•The command syntax•A description of the command parameters•An example of the command usage•Dependencies, and notes relevant to the command•A list of related commands•The command class to which the command belongs •Sample command output
To execute any command, access rights must be granted to both the logged in user and to the terminal the user is logged into.
141
Command Classes
Users are given access to groups of commands by being assigned to non-configurable command classes:• Basic
• Debug*
• Link Maintenance
• Program Update
• Security Administration
• Database Administration
• System Maintenance
• IP Pass-Through Commands
142TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Adding a new Command Classenable-ctrl-feat (key words)
:partnum= part number for the feature:fak= feature access key for the part number
Once the feature key has been added, then it must be turned onchg-ctrl-feat (key words)
:partnum= 893xxxxxx:status=on
Once the feature has been turned on, then new Command Classes may be establishedchg-cmdclass (key words)
:class=u01 (first unassigned class):nclass=yyy (new class name):descr=xxxyyyyy (new class name description)
To add commands to the new Command Classchg-cmd (key words)
:cmd = (one alpha and nineteen additional alphanumeric characters):class1=yyy – yes (yyy is a new class name from the chg-cmdclass command)
142
New Customer Defined Command Classes
32 additional Command Classes can now be added to the current Command Classes
The Command Class Management Feature allows the user to place EAGLE Commands into these new Command Classes such as:• Network Operations Center Commands• Tier 2 Support Commands• Central Office Technician Commands
143TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
chg-trm:all=yes:trm=x command enables all output groups for the specified terminals (up to forty terminal ports).rtrv-trm is used to show the port configurations for all TDM terminals or a specified terminal. Terminal Output Groups include parameters which allow the messages generated by the system to be selectively displayed. These messages are unsolicited, generated by the system (Unsolicited Alarm Message – UAM or Unsolicited Information Message – UIM).These output group assignments are based on the issuing device on which the UIM or the UAM is issued.The System Maintenance group comprises those UAMs and UIMs that may meet multiple grouping criteria.It should be noted that assignments of UIMs and UAMs to a group is singular (one group per UAM/UIM) and are done primarily by subsystem or device.This could cause a terminal to give an incomplete report if configured to display only a small number of groups.
NOTE - When configuring the terminals for output groups, take care to minimize the risk of missing information. There are a total of 21 output classes in all.
143
Terminal Output Groups
Traffic :trafLink Maintenance :linkSecurity Administration :saSystem Maintenance :sysProgram Updates :puDatabase :dbCard :cardClock :clk
144TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Use the Up arrow key for last 10 command recall.This feature is supported for KSR and VT320 modes only. Passwords are NOT stored in the history queue.The oldest entry in the queue is over written.Command entries are cleared when a user logs out.The use of the F6 function key, (refresh the terminal screen), will clear out previous commands (in the VT320 mode only).
144
Last Ten Command Recall
The Up arrow key recalls up to the last 10 commands entered
This feature Is compatible with all display modes
User passwords are NOT stored!
1st command entry is overwritten when 11th command is entered
All command entries are cleared when using the F6 function key (screen refresh)
145TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
You must have system maintenance command class to enter this command.
Use this command to display a summary report of all device trouble notifications that are logged currently in the OAM’s RAM storage area.For details of the parameters, see the Commands Manual.
145
Use this command to display a summary of all troubles currently logged in the EAGLE 5 STP.Parameters for this command are display and level• :display parameter values are:
- act – displays only active alarms- all – displays all alarms without timestamps- inhb – displays only inhibited alarms- timestamp – displays active alarms with the date and time the alarm
was logged
:level parameter values are:- crit – critical alarms- majr – major alarms- minr – minor alarms
Useful Commands > rept-stat-trbl
146TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
You must have system maintenance command class to enter this command.
Use this command to retrieve records from the active or standby Alarm and UIM logs generated by the Maintenance system. This command selects these records based on a span of time or a specific log file index.Retrieves records from the active or standby event logs generated by the maintenance systemThis command allows greater flexibility of output options. It allows customized rtrv-log output:•Filtered for a particular output group•Separated between UIMs and UAMs•Filtered by a given alarm number or range of numbersFor details of the parameters, see the Commands Manual.
146
Useful Commands > rtrv-log
Use this command to retrieve UIM and UAM logs generated by the EAGLE 5 STP.
Common parameters for this command are:dir – direction, either forward or backward
mode – log display mode, brief or full
sdate – start date for the report
num – maximum number of records up to 65,500
stime – start time
edate – end date
etime – end time
enum – end message reference number
147TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
You must have security administration command class to enter this command.
Use this command to retrieve the contents of a security log and display it to the user in the scroll area.Various reports can be produced by varying the values of the command parameters.By default, the report is generated from the log on the active fixed disk although the slog parameter can be used to generate the report from the log on the standby fixed disk.To see the values of the parameters, see rtrv-seculog in the Commands Manual.
147
Use this command to retrieve the contents of the security log and display is to the authorized userCommon parameters for this command are:
sdate – start date for the reportstime – start time for the reportslog – specifies which log is copied to the FTA, act or stbmode – log display mode, brief or fullnum – maximum number of records displayed up to 50,000rectype – specifies whether you want all records or only new onestrm - reports logs created by the specified terminal
Useful Commands > rtrv-seculog
148TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
You must have database administration command class to enter this command.
Use this command to display a report showing various indicators for the active and standbyThe display and loc parameters cannot be specified at the same time.The db and loc parameters cannot be specified at the same time.
148
Use this command to display the current status of the database partitions on both TDMs and network cardsParameters are:• :display parameter values are:
- all – displays the status of TDMs, MDAL and all cards - brief – displays the status of TDMs and MPS databases (if feature is
active)- except – displays the status of TDMs and cards whose levels do not
match the active TDM current partition- version – displays the same information as “all” plus the database format
version and status• :loc – allows a report for a specific card slot• :db parameter values are:
- all – displays database and card output for both the STP and MPS- mps - displays database and card output for the MPS only- displays database and card output for the STP only
Useful Commands > rept-stat-db
149TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
This keyboard function table is also found in the Commands Manual under “List of Tables”, “Keyboard Functions”.
149
The F10 function key is a Help key. The command help is available through the command -help:cmd=“any command”
F10F10
Used with the sw or both flow control (see the chg-trm command for more information), this key sequence sends the XON character to resume sending data.
Ctrl-QControl-Q
Used with the sw or both flow control (see the chg-trm command for more information), this key sequence sends the XOFF character to temporarily stop sending data.
Ctrl-SControl-S
Control-A allows the user enter a command in the KSR mode.Ctrl-ANotAvailable
The F11 function key allows the user to toggle the terminal’s mode of operation from VT320 to KSR and from KSR to VT320.
F11F11
The F9 function key allows you to interrupt a running command; however, you cannot enter another command until the running command completes its operation.
F9F9
The F8 function key enables a user to stop and restart the scrolling of information on the terminal screen.
F8F8
The F7 function key clears the scroll buffer. This enables a user to stop useless information from passing to the scroll region of the system terminal.
F7F7
The F6 function key refreshes the terminal screen, including any characters already input on the command line and the command response line.
F6F6
The right arrow recalls the last command (one character at a time).→→
The down arrow recalls the last command (one parameter at a time).↓↓
The left arrow key backspaces without erasing.←←
The up arrow key recalls the last ten commands.↑↑
DescriptionKSRKey
Sequence
VT320Key
Sequence
Keyboard Functions
150TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Screen Display (VT320)Alarm status area (Active Alarm Status or Total Alarm Status)System ID area: terminal ID that displays I/O port connectivity; CLLI code for EAGLE STP; date: time, with time zone; release levelScroll area for output of information messages, and rept-stat, and rtrv commands
•Minor alarms are indicated by a single asterisk (*)•Major alarms are indicated by two asterisks (**)•Critical alarms are indicated by a single asterisk and C (*C)
Command area for input: previous command visible again after using the up-arrow key: command prompt line; command line for typing in next commandNormally set for 9600 baud, even parity, stop bit of 7, 1 parity bit (9600,e,7,1)
150
Command entered at terminal #1
RLGHNCXA21W 05-01-22 16:10:49 EST Rel. XXXXSearching devices for alarms...
RLGHNCXA21W 05-01-22 16:10:50 EST Rel. XXXXSEQN UAM AL DEVICE ELEMENT TROUBLE TEXT1419. 0048 * TERMINAL 15 Terminal failed1422. 0110 * IMT SYSTEM Failure detected on one IMT bus1421. 0108 ** IMT BUS A Major IMT failure detected
Card 1101, 1103, 1113, 1115, (6 others)1412. 0092 *C Card 1117 MDAL not respondingCommand Completed.
TERMINAL # 1 REL. XXXXCLLI: RLGHNCXA01WDATE: 05-01-22 16:10:50 EST
TOTAL ALARM STATUSCRIT MAJR MINR
1 1 2
rept-stat-trblCommand Accepted> rept-stat-trbl_
Command In Progress
System ID areaAlarm Status area
ScrollArea
CommandArea
Progress of Command Area
Command Line
Command Response
Previous Command
EAGLE STP Terminal and Display
151TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The KSR mode requires the use of the CTRL & A keys prior to each command entry.KSR provides a full screen display without banners seen in the VT320 display.The KSR mode has the ability to go back through the scroll buffer if using a PC with mouse to see previous command outputs, or messages previously displayed as far back as the scroll buffer can hold.
151
rept-stat-trbl
RLGHNCXA21W 05-06-22 16:10:49 EST Rel. XXXX
Searching devices for alarms...
RLGHNCXA21W 05-06-22 16:10:50 EST Rel. XXXX
SEQN UAM AL DEVICE ELEMENT TROUBLE TEXT
1419. 0048 * TERMINAL 15 Terminal failed
1422. 0110 * IMT SYSTEM Failure detected on one IMT bus
1421. 0108 ** IMT BUS A Major IMT failure detected
Card 1101, 1103, 1113, 1115, (6 others)
1412. 0092 *C Card 1117 MDAL not responding
Command Completed.
Scroll Area
Command Line
EAGLE KSR Terminal Display
152TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
152
EAGLE Telnet Terminal Display
rept-stat-trbl
RLGHNCXA21W 05-06-22 16:10:49 EST Rel. XXXX
Searching devices for alarms...
RLGHNCXA21W 05-06-22 16:10:50 EST Rel. XXXX
SEQN UAM AL DEVICE ELEMENT TROUBLE TEXT
1419. 0048 * TERMINAL 15 Terminal failed
1422. 0110 * IMT SYSTEM Failure detected on one IMT bus
1421. 0108 ** IMT BUS A Major IMT failure detected
Card 1101, 1103, 1113, 1115, (6 others)
1412. 0092 *C Card 1117 MDAL not responding
Command Completed.
Scroll Area
Command Line
The IPSM telnet session resembles the KSR mode discussed previously. One exception is that the ctrl-A key is not required to enter commands.
153TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
153
Learning Activity Command> chg-secu-dflt
Use this command to change various system-wide security-related defaults such as:• The password aging interval• The user ID aging interval• Allow multiple simultaneous
logins with the same user ID• Control of password complexity
Parameters are:• alpha – alpha characters• minlen – minimum password length• multlog – multiple logins • num – numeric characters• page – password aging interval• punc – punctuation characters• uout – user ID aging interval• wrnln – warning line number• wrntx – used to enter warning text• clrwrntx –clears warning text
You must have security administration command class to enter this command.For details of the parameters, see the Commands Manual.
154TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
154
Learning Activity Command> ent-user
Use this command to add a user to the databaseWhen the command is first entered, the system prompts you for the user passwordAfter successfully entering a user password it must be verified by re-entering itFor security reasons, passwords are never displayed
Parameters are:• uid – user ID• all – specifies if user is
assigned all command classes• db - database admin.• dbg – debug• link – link maintenance• pu – program update• sa – security administration• sys – system maint.• cc1-8 – command classes
You must have security administration command class to enter this command.For details of the parameters, see the Commands Manual.
155TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
155
Learning Activity Command> chg-secu-trm
Use this command to configure the access rights for terminalsAccess rights determine whether a terminal has command access for different command classes
Parameters are:• trm – terminal to be configured• all – specifies whether to allow
all command classes• db - database admin.• dbg – debug• link – link maintenance• pu – program update• sa – security administration• sys – system maint.• cc1-8 – command classes
You must have security administration command class to enter this command.For details of the parameters, see the Commands Manual.
156TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
156
Learning Activity Command> chg-trm
Use this command to configure operational characteristics for individual terminals and messages displayed on themThis command uses many of the same parameters as the chg-secu-trm command, except they are used here to determine if UIMs/UAMs will be displayed on the terminal for a specific command class or EAGLE 5 STP function such as cards, clocks, and features
Communications parameters are:• baud – specifies the line speed• prty – specifies the serial port parity value• type – specifies the type of device being connected to a terminal
You must have database administration command class to enter this command.A terminal must be inhibited before communication parameter changes are made. These changes must be performed at a different terminal.For details of the parameters, see the Commands Manual.
157TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
157
Learning Activity
158TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
158
Learning Activity 3: EAGLE User Interface
Provides hands-on practice with the EAGLE STP user interface for system login and terminal manipulation.
After completing this exercise, the student will be able to:• Log onto the system • Add a user to the database• Retrieve and change terminal security attributes• Retrieve and change security related system attributes• Retrieve and change terminal attributes
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE User Interface Terminal• EAGLE Commands Manual
159TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 3A: EAGLE User Interface using serial I/O ports 1-16Instructor DemonstrationNote location of necessary information in the user documentation.Identify the equipment to be used and demonstrate login process.
Assignment AUsing the following commands, student will login and add a user to the database.1. Pick one student from each group, and at that student’s terminal, type login:uid=eagle [enter]. At
the password prompt, type eagle [enter].2. Enter the rtrv-secu-dflt command. If multlog=yes, all students may continue to Assignment B.3. If the rtrv-secu-dflt command reveals that multlog=no, have the student who performed steps 1
and 2 enter the chg-secu-dflt:multlog=yes command so all persons in each group may log in at the same time.
4. Now all students can login by performing step 1.
Assignment BUsing the rtrv-secu-dflt command from the commands manual, the student will determine and
record the system-wide security-related defaults.
Using the chg-secu-dflt command from the commands manual, change the system-wide security-related parameters to the values found in the chart below.
The default value for multlog is NO, but it was changed to yes in assignment A, step 3.
PUNC
NUM
ALPHA
MINLEN
YESMULTLOG
UOUT
PAGE
0PUNC
0NUM
1ALPHA
5MINLEN
YESMULTLOG
240UOUT
240PAGE
160TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Assignment C1. Type ent-user:all=yes:uid=(create your own user id, using 1 alpha & up to 15 alpha-numeric
characters) [enter]2. At password prompt, type eagle [enter] 3. You will be asked to verify your password. Re-enter the eagle password [enter]4. Type logout [enter]5. Type login:uid=(your own unique user id created in step 1) [enter]6. At the password prompt, type eagle [enter]7. You will be asked to change your password. Enter your own new password with at least 5
characters [enter]8. You will be asked to verify your password. Re-enter the new password [enter]9. Type rtrv-secu-user [enter] Verify that everyone has all command class privileges denoted by
YES under each command class column.10. Type logout [enter]
Assignment D
Log onto the EAGLE using your own unique user ID and password from assignment C. Using the rtrv-secu-trm command from the commands manual, student will determine and record the terminal I/O port security attributes that enable a user to enter commands from command classes.
Note: The terminal number, 1-16 is displayed in the System ID region (upper right) of a VT320display.
Using the chg-secu-trm command, change the terminal security attributes of your terminal to the values found in the chart below. These set of attributes will enable a user to enter commands from all command classes of the EAGLE from the terminal where these changes are made.
Note: Look at dependency #3 and determine how to complete this portion of the exercise. You
will NOT be able to complete this assignment without assistance.
DBGDBPUSYSSALINKTRMTerminal you are using
YESYESYESYESYESYES
DBGDBPUSYSSALINKTRMTerminal you are using
161TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Assignment EUsing the rtrv-trm command, student will determine and record the terminal (I/O port) attributes to display the following types of unsolicited messages.Note: The terminal number, 1-16 is displayed in the System ID Region of the VT320 display. Use this information when entering the rtrv-trm:trm= command to retrieve the terminal information for your specific terminal only.
** These items are found under “COMM” . There are no separate listings for Baud, Prty and SB.
MEAS
LINK
GWS
GTT
FC
DURAL
DBG
DB
CLK
CARD
** BAUD
APPSS
APPSERV
TRM
UIMRD
TYPE
TRAF
TMOUT
SYS
SLAN
SEAS
** SB
SA
PU
** PRTY
MXINV
MPS
MONTerminal you are using
Stop bitsParityData bits not listed or changeable
Baud
1E79600
ValuesCOMM
162TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Assignment E (cont’d)Using the chg-trm command change the terminal attributes of your terminal to the values found in the table below.Note: the shaded parameters in the table are your terminal communications attributes and should not be changed. Doing so will affect the operation of the terminal. Those type of changes must be made from a different EAGLE terminal.
NOMEAS
YESLINK
NOGWS
NOGTT
SWFC
200DURAL
YESDBG
YESDB
NOCLK
NOCARD
9600BAUD
NOAPPSS
NOAPPSERV
TRM
NOUIMRD
VT320TYPE
NOTRAF
20TMOUT
YESSYS
NOSLAN
NOSEAS
1SB
YESSA
YESPU
EVENPRTY
6MXINV
NOMPS
NOMONTerminal you are using
163TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Assignment F (Optional)The following commands must be entered by one student to enable the feature for adding new command classes:
•enable-ctrl-feat:partnum=893005801:fak=C7J9Y9MDV6TE6•chg-ctrl-feat:partnum=893005801:status=on
After the command class feature has been enabled and turned on, any student may enter a new command class and add commands to the newly created command class.Use the chg-cmdclass command to add the new command class, and the chg-cmd command to add the commands into the newly created command class. (See the Commands Manual)
Example of entry for the first new command class – noc:•chg-cmdclass:class=u01:nclass=noc:descr=nocpersonell•chg-cmd:cmd=rept-stat-trbl:class1=noc-yes•chg-cmd:cmd=rept-stat-ls:class1=noc-yes•chg-cmd:cmd=rept-stat-rte:class1=noc-yes
Enter the command - rtrv-cmd:class=(class where commands were added) to verify the commands entered for the class are present.
rtrv-cardStudent One Commands10. st1
chg-secu-dfltchg-secu-trm
Security Support Commands9. sec
ent-lbpact-lbp
Test Verification Support Commands8. tst
rtrv-serial-numrtrv-ctrl-feat
Training Support Commands7. tng
rtrv-cardrtrv-ls
Engineering Support Commands6. eng
rtrv-slkrtrv-rte
Administrative Support Commands5. adm
tst-biptst-disk
Tier 3 Support Commands4. tr3
tst-slktst-dlk
Tier 2 Support Commands3. tr2
rept-stat-clkrept-stat-slk
Central Office Technician Commands2. cot
rept-stat-trblrept-stat-slkrept-stat-lsrept-stat-rte
Network Operations Center personnel1. noc
Added CommandsNew Command Class DescriptionNew Command Class
164TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 3B: EAGLE User Interface using telnet ports 17-24 (optional)Instructor DemonstrationNote location of necessary information in the user documentation.Identify the equipment to be used and demonstrate login process.
Assignment AUsing the following commands, student will login and add a user to the database.1. Pick one student from each group, and at the selected student’s PC start radio button located in
the bottom left corner of the terminal.2. Click “run” in the start menu.3. In the “run” window, type telnet along with the IP address supplied by your instructor for the IPSM
card used in the EAGLE 5 STP for this assignment.4. Select a terminal between 17 and 24.5. type login:uid=eagle [enter]. At the password prompt, type eagle [enter].6. Enter the rtrv-secu-dflt command. If multlog=yes, all students may continue to Assignment B.7. If the rtrv-secu-dflt command reveals that multlog=no, have the student who performed steps 1
and 2 enter the chg-secu-dflt:multlog=yes command so all persons in each group may log in at the same time.
8. Now all students can login by performing step 1.
Assignment BUsing the rtrv-secu-dflt command from the commands manual, the student will determine and
record the system-wide security-related defaults.
The default value for multlog is NO, but it was changed to YES in assignment A, step 3.
PUNC
NUM
APLHA
MINLEN
YESMULTLOG
UOUT
PAGE
165TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Assignment B cont’dUsing the chg-secu-dflt command from the commands manual, change the system-wide security-
related parameters to the values found in the chart below.
Assignment C1. Type ent-user:all=yes:uid=(create your own user id, using 1 alpha & up to 15 alpha-numeric
characters) [enter]2. At password prompt, type eagle [enter] 3. You will be asked to verify your password. Re-enter the eagle password [enter]4. Type logout [enter]5. Type login:uid=(your own unique user id created in step 1) [enter]6. At the password prompt, type eagle [enter]7. You will be asked to change your password. Enter your own new password with at least 5
characters [enter]8. You will be asked to verify your password. Re-enter the new password [enter]9. Type rtrv-secu-user [enter] Verify that everyone has all command class privileges denoted by
YES under each command class column.10. Type logout [enter]
0PUNC
0NUM
1APLHA
5MINLEN
YESMULTLOG
240UOUT
240PAGE
166TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Assignment DUsing the rtrv-trm command, student will determine and record the terminal (I/O port) attributes to display the following types of unsolicited messages.Note: The terminal number, 1-16 is displayed in the System ID Region of the VT320 display. Use this information when entering the rtrv-trm:trm= command to retrieve the terminal information for your specific terminal only.
LOGINTMR
LOGOUTTMR
MEAS
LOC
LINK
GWS
GTT
DURAL
DBG
DB
CLK
CARD
APPSS
APPSERV
TRM
PNGTIMEINT
PNGFAILCNT
UIMRD
TYPE
TRAF
TMOUT
SYS
SLAN
SECURE
SEAS
SA
PU
MXINV
MPS
MON
Terminal you are using
167TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Assignment D (cont’d)Using the chg-trm command change the terminal attributes of your terminal to the values found in the table below.Note: the shaded “type” parameter in the table should not be changed.
NONELOGINTMR
NONELOGOUTTMR
NOMEAS
LOC
YESLINK
NOGWS
NOGTT
200DURAL
YESDBG
YESDB
NOCLK
NOCARD
NOAPPSS
NOAPPSERV
TRM
NONEPNGTIMEINT
10PNGFAILCNT
NOUIMRD
TELNETTYPE
NOTRAF
20TMOUT
YESSYS
NOSLAN
NOSECURE
NOSEAS
YESSA
YESPU
6MXINV
NOMPS
NOMON
Terminal you are using
168TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
168
•Answer the questions to the best of your ability.•We will review all answers as a group.
Check Your Learning
169TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Module 4 Review
1. What is the key word in the following command:ent-card:loc=1101:type=limT1:appl=ss7ansi?
2. If “terminal 2” appears on your terminal, to which I/O port is it connected?
3. What is the format of the login command?
4. What are the parameters in the following command:ent-card:type=limE1:appl=ccs7itu:loc=1103?
5. Why does an error message appear after typing in the following command:ent-card:type=DSM:appl=VSCCP:loc=1109
6. To what command class does the init-sys command belong?
7. What command class is required to enter the rept-stat-slk command?
8. What command is used to change an I/O port baud rate?
9. Which function key is used to change the display of the terminal?
10. What command is used to determine the commands that may be executed on a terminal?
170TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Student Notes
171TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
Database Creation
Module 5
172TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
172
This Module contains the following lessons:Lesson 1 Provision the basics of the EAGLE STPand Low Speed DS0 Signaling LinksLesson 2 Provision T1 Signaling Links - ANSILesson 3 Provision E1 Signaling Links - ITULesson 4 Provision ATM Signaling Links
Module 5
173TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
Provisioning the Basics of the EAGLE 5 STP
Module 5 Lesson 1
174TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
174
Lesson 1 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to:• Provision the basics of the EAGLE 5 STP• Provision Low Speed DS0 Signaling Links
.
175TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
175
Procedures for Provisioning a New EAGLE
Become familiar with the system hardware and network configuration, including locations and connections for shelves, cards, linksets, links, and routesBecome familiar with the database administration commands such as the enter (ent), change (chg) and delete (dlt) commands Use the retrieve (rtrv) commands to verify your data entry as you progress through the configuration because it is easy to make errors when entering information such as point codes and linkset names
176TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
176
SS7 Network Example-ANSI DS0CPC 2-120-0
PC 2-120-1
PC 2-120-2
CPC 2-120-0
STP D
2-120-3
CPC 1-100-0
PC 1-100-1
PC 1-100-2
CPC 1-100-0
STP B
STP C
STP A
SSP/MSC
1-100-3
lsn=ssp1:1203A slc=0
lsn=stp b 1201A slc=0
lsn=stp c 1201B slc=0
SSP/MSC
TANDEMTANDEM
lsn=stp d 1203B slc=01
1
2
2
2-120-41-100-4
Voice Trunks
Provisioning STP
177TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
This slide depicts the recommended order of data entry into the EAGLE 5 STP.The first step is to assign a name and point codes to the EAGLE.If shelves other than the Control shelf will be used, they must be entered prior to card entry for the extension shelves. Cards may be entered into the Control Shelf at any time.Cards may now be entered into the configuration. You can actually enter the cards after the linksets if desired, but the cards must be entered prior to signaling link configuration because signaling links reference card slots and links.Destination Point Codes (DPC) are next in the logical order of entry. This entry must be performed prior to linkset entry because linkset entries have a mandatory parameter called adjacent point code (APC) which is a far-end signaling point DPC. If the adjacent point code is not in the DPC table, the linkset entry will fail.Linksets are next in the configuration.Signaling Links follow linksets because a mandatory parameter for a signaling link is the linkset name.Routes are added after signaling links. The logical entry order is to enter routes after signaling links which is the recommended practice. Routes could be entered after linksets because they only reference DPCs and linkset names (LSN). The Allow Card command will download all the tables created to this point onto all of the cards that were just configured.The Activate Signaling Link command will begin the link alignment procedures and allow MSUs to be processed.
177
Database Objectives for EAGLE SS7 Functions
Cardsent–card
EAGLE STP SelfIdentification
chg–sid
Signaling Linksent–slk
SS7Linksets
ent–ls
DestinationPoint Codes
ent–dstn
Routesent–rte
Shelvesent–shlf
Allow Cardsalw–card
Activate linksact-slk
178TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::clli – common language location identifier – indicates physical location of signaling point:cpc – STP capability point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N, used only for load sharing of SCCP messages being sent from the SSP to the STP:cpctype – what is this capability point code used for, lnp, stp, inp, eir:ncpc – when a cpc needs to be added or deleted:pc – STP point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N:pctype – ANSI, or other
Use chg-sid to add a capability point code, change an existing true point code, change the clli value or the pctype parameter. Requires an init-sys.
ent-sid is used to define additional true point codes for the STP. This command allows newly defined true point codes to be distributed to the cards without requiring system initialization (init-sys is not necessary).
178
Change Self Identification
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
In this step, the EAGLE is assigned a true point code, a capability point code(s), if used, and a CLLI codeWhen this command is entered, the init-sys command must be entered so these point codes are downloaded throughout the system
ent-rte
chg-sid:clli=_________________:cpc=_________________:pc=__________________
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
179TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::loc – range of 1200 – 6100:type – ext, indicates extension shelf
179
Entering Extension Shelves
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
In this step, the EAGLE is assigned any extension shelves that will be needed for the configuration being implementedThe Control shelf is a default, and cannot be entered or deletedAn extension shelf must be entered before cards can be assigned to itAs the network grows, more shelves may be added seamlessly with no impact to
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-shlf:type=______________:loc=______________
180TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::appl – the application running on this card:loc – the physical card slot location of the card:type - the type of card being entered
180
Entering Application Cards
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
In this step, cards are entered into the EAGLE systemThis will include cards used for all signaling links types, and any other features such as:
GTTGWSLNPG-PortG-FlexIP User Interface
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-card:type=______________:appl=______________:loc=______________
181TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::dpc – the destination point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N:bei – broadcast exception indicator, determines if network management messages are transmitted to the point code, values of yes, and no
yes indicates messages are not broadcastno indicates messages are broadcast
:clli – common language location identifier – indicates physical location of signaling pointUp to 2,000 destinations may be provisioned on the EAGLE.
181
Entering Destination Point Codes
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
In this step, the EAGLE is assigned the destination point codes of all signaling points to which it is expected to send or receive dataThis will include both adjacent and non-adjacent signaling points
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-dstn:dpc=_______________:clli=________________:bei=__________
182TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::apc – adjacent point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N. this is the point code of the signaling point at the far end of the linkset. This point code must be present in the destination table prior to entry in this table:lsn – linkset name, name of the linkset with a maximum of 10 characters. Must begin with an alpha character.:lst – the type of linkset used between the two signaling points, A, B, C, D, or E
182
Entering Linksets
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
In this step, the EAGLE is assigned the linksets between the EAGLE and all adjacent signaling pointsThe adjacent point codes (apc) entered with this command must already exist in the destination point code table from the previous commandA linkset name is assigned to each linkset, and must be entered into all signaling links in that linkset
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-ls:lsn=_______________:lst=_____:apc=_______________________
183TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::loc – location of LIM card supporting the signaling link:lsn – name of the linkset the signaling link is a part of:link – signaling link port of the signaling link card
This varies based on type of link interface card used. •LIM-AINF, ILA, and EILA only use links A and B.• MPL uses links A, B, A1-A3 B1-B3. •E1/T1-MIM uses links A, B, A1-A3, B1-B3.•E5-E1/T1 uses links A, B, A1-A15, B1-B15.•HC-MIM uses links A, B, A1-A31, B1-B31.
:slc – signaling link code – a unique value for a signaling link in a linkset with a range of 0-15
183
Entering Signaling Links
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
In this step, the EAGLE is assigned the location of all signaling linksThese signaling links must be added to one of the linksets entered in the ent-ls commandThe linkset name is used to create a pointer back to the linkset table
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-slk:lsn=________________:loc=____________:link=_______:slc=________
184TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::dpc – point code of the signaling point in which the route is being configured:lsn – name of the linkset being used for this route:rc – relative cost of the route, with a value of 0-99, lowest value indicates most preferred route, and highest value indicates least preferred route
A maximum of 6 routes can be defined for each destination point code. For information on the 6-way Loadsharing on Routsets feature, look at slides 326 and 327.
184
Entering Routes
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
In this step, all logical routes are entered for each point code entered with the ent-dstn commandNormal configuration will have 2 routes for each signaling point within the provisioned network and 3 routes for each signaling point outside the provisioned networkThe :rc parameter is used to identify the priority of each route
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-rte:dpc=_______________________:lsn=__________________:rc=________
185TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::loc – physical location of LIM card
185
Allowing Cards into Service
In this step, the cards entered using the ent-card will be allowedWhen this command is entered, data from the following tables are downloaded to each allowed card:• ent-card • ent-dstn • ent-ls• ent-slk • ent-rte
alw-card
act-slk
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
alw-card:loc=______________________
186TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::loc – physical location of LIM card:link – signaling link port used for the link.
.
186
Activating Signaling Links
alw-card
act-slk
In this step, the signaling links entered using the ent-slk command will be activatedWhen this command is entered, the location and link for each signaling link must be entered in a separate commandIf the configuration is correct, and all signaling points are functioning properly, and correctly connected, all signaling links will align
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
act-slk:loc=_______________________:link=__________________
187TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
187
Module 5 Lesson 1 Check Your Learning
Answer the questions to the best of your ability.We will review all answers as a group.
188TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Module 5 Lesson 1 Review
1. On a newly installed EAGLE STP, the last two commands entered after building the basic database are:
2. SLC=1 indicates that an SLK is the first link in a linkset.True or False
3. What command is used to name the EAGLE?
4. The maximum number of routes defined to a given destination are?
5. The related commands for the command entry “ent–ls” are:
6. To enter a card providing 8 ANSI DS0A signaling links in slot 1108, the following command entry is performed.
7. If it is desirable to broadcast network management messages (TFP and TCP) to adjacent signaling points, BEI=____ must be defined in the “ent–dstn”command.
8. A total of _________ destinations may be defined in the Eagle STP.
9. The number of links in a linkset cannot exceed ______.
189TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
Provisioning T1 Signaling Links on the EAGLE 5 STP
Module 5 Lesson 2
190TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
190
Lesson 2 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to:• Provision T1 Signaling Links - ANSI
.
191TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
191
SS7 Network Example-ANSI T1CPC 2-120-0
PC 2-120-1
PC 2-120-2
CPC 2-120-0
STP D
2-120-3
CPC 1-100-0
PC 1-100-1
PC 1-100-2
CPC 1-100-0
STP B
STP C
STP A
SSP/MSC
1-100-3
lsn=ssp1:1203A slc=0 ts=1
lsn=stp b 1201A slc=0 ts=1
lsn=stp c 1201B slc=0 ts=1
SSP/MSC
TANDEMTANDEM
lsn=stp d 1203B slc=0 ts=11
1
2
2
2-120-41-100-4
Voice Trunks
Provisioning STP
192TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
There are only three command entries that are different for conventional low speed DS0 links and T1 signaling links. They are highlighted in this slide and discussed on the next three slides.We will see the new card type required for a T1 Signaling Link.We will discuss the added information required to provision a T1.We will see the added parameters required for a T1 Signaling Link.
192
Database Objectives for T1 Signaling Links
Cardsent–card
EAGLE STP SelfIdentification
chg–sid
Signaling Links
ent–slk
SS7Linksets
ent–ls
DestinationPoint Codes
ent–dstn
Routesent–rte
Shelvesent–shlf
Allow Cardsalw–card
Activate linksact-slk
T1sent-t1
193TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::appl – the application running on this card:loc – the physical card slot location of the card:type - the type of card being entered
193
In this step, T1 cards are entered into the EAGLE system.
There are two types of card configurations for the T1 card, LIMT1 and LIMCH
Cards used for LIM-T1 configuration are E1-T1-MIM, E5-E1/T1 or HC-MIM where the physical connection is made with a T1 cable
The E1/T1 MIM is the only card configured as LIMCH
E1/T1-MIM may have 1 LIMT1 card, and up to 2 LIMCH cards for each T1
Entering T1 Cards
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-t1
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-card:type=______________:appl=______________:loc=______________
194TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::loc – location of the T1 card:t1port – the T1 port used for the T1 facility, T1 port 1, up to T1 port 8. Port 1 is normally used. Port 2 can be used to add a second T1 facility to the LIMT1 card, but only 8 timeslots from port 2 can be utilized and these 8 timeslots can only be utilized on the card type LIMT1, not the card type LIMCH.:t1tsel – the t1 timing selector, line, or external. Using line, the timing for the T1 links (timeslots) will come from the T1 facility. If external is used, the Master Timing feature must be purchased, and implemented in the EAGLE.:ll – T1 cable length
194
Entering T1 Physical Locations and Timing
This command enters an interface for a T1 card (physical card slot location)
A T1 port must be specified
There are two ports on the E1/T1MIM. The physical connection is only on the port A connector on the backplane
There are eight ports for on the E5-E1/T1 and HC-MIM. The physical connection is on both connections A and B(4 on each port)
The T1 timing selector is used to identify external or line timing
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-t1
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-t1:loc=_____________:t1port=____________:t1tsel=_______:ll=________
195TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::bps – bits per second, defaults to 56000:loc – location of LIM card supporting the signaling link:lsn – name of the linkset the signaling link is a part of:link – signaling link port of the Link Interface card, A, B, A1-A31, B1-B31:slc – signaling link code – a unique value for a signaling link in a linkset with a range of 0-15:t1loc – card slot location of the LIMT1 card supporting the T1. This parameter is not used if the link is on the LIMT1 card:t1port: - physical location of the T1 facility. Range is 1-8. Value will normally be 1.:ts – the timeslot used for the signaling link, with a value of 1-24
195
Entering T1 Signaling Links
In this step, T1 signaling links are entered into the EAGLE system
There are new parameters not used in the previous SS7 configuration
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-t1
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-slk:lsn=________________:loc=____________:link=_______:slc=________
:ts=________________:t1port=____________
196TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::loc – card slot location of the LIMT1, or LIMCH
196
Allowing T1 Cards Into Service
alw-card
act-slk
In this step, the cards entered using the ent-card will be allowedWhen this command is entered, data from the following tables are downloaded to each allowed card:• ent-card • ent-t1• ent-dstn • ent-ls• ent-slk • ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
alw-card:loc=______________________
197TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::loc – card slot location of the LIMT1, or LIMCH:link – signaling link port used for the T1 link, ports A, B, A1-A31, B1-B31. This varies based on type of Link Interface card used. LIM-AINF, ILA, and EILA only use A, B
197
Activating T1 Signaling Links
alw-card
act-slk
In this step, the signaling links entered using the ent-slk command will be activatedWhen this command is entered, the location and link for each signaling link must be entered in a separate commandIf the configuration is correct, and all signaling points are functioning properly, and correctly connected, all signaling links will align
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
act-slk:loc=___________________:link=_________________
198TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
198
•Answer the questions to the best of your ability.•We will review all answers as a group.
Module 5 Lesson 2 Check Your Learning
199TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Module 5 Lesson 2 Review1. To provision a E5-E1/T1 card in slot 2308 for ANSI, the following command
entry must be input._________________________________________________
2. The application used with card type limt1 =ss7ansi.TRUE / FALSE
3. The HC-MIM card is configured as card type LIMCH.TRUE / FALSE
4. There are __________ links available on the E5-E1/T1 card.
200TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Student Notes
201TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
Provisioning E1 Signaling Links on the EAGLE 5 STP
Module 5 Lesson 3
202TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
202
Lesson 3 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to:• Provision the basics of the EAGLE 5 STP• Provision E1 Signaling Links for ITU networks
.
203TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
203
SS7 Network Example - ITUPCI 1-140-1
PCN 0141
PCN 0142
PCI 1-140-2
STP D
0143
PCI 1-1-1
PCN 1001
MSC 2
PCN 1002
PCI 1-1-2
STP B
STP C
STP A
MSC 1
1003
lsn=ssp1:1203A slc=0 ts=1
lsn=stpbn 1201A slc=0 ts=1
lsn=stpci 1201B1 slc=0 ts=1
TRANSIT12
01441004
TRANSIT Voice Trunks
lsn=stpcn 1201B slc=0 ts=1
lsn=stpbi 1201A1 slc=0 ts=1
Provisioning STP
lsn=stpdn 1203 B slc=0 ts=1lsn=stpdi 1203 B1 slc=0 ts=1
lsn=stpdn 1205 A slc=0 ts=1lsn=stpdi 1205 A1 slc=0 ts=1
204TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
This slide depicts the recommended order of data entry into the EAGLE 5 STP for E1 Signaling Links.The first step is to assign a name and point codes to the EAGLE.If shelves other than the Control shelf will be used, they must be entered prior to card entry for the extension shelves. Cards may be entered into the Control Shelf at any time.Cards may now be entered into the configuration. You can actually enter the cards after the linksets if desired, but the cards must be entered prior to signaling link configuration because signaling links reference card slots and links.Destination Point Codes (DPC) are next in the logical order of entry. This entry must be performed prior to linkset entry because linkset entries have a mandatory parameter called adjacent point code (APC) which is a far-end signaling point DPC. If the adjacent point code is not in the DPC table the linkset entry will fail.Linksets are next in the configuration.Entering E1 physical location and timing information follows Linksets. This entry must be performed prior to entering Signaling links because the E1 loc is referenced in the enter Signaling Link command.Signaling Links follow linksets and E1 entries because a mandatory parameters for a signaling link are the linkset name, e1port and e1loc.Routes are added after signaling links. The logical entry order is to enter routes after signaling links which is the recommended practice. Routes could be entered after linksets because they only reference DPCs and linkset names (LSN). The Allow Card command will download all the tables created to this point onto all of the cards that were just configured.The Activate Signaling Link command will begin the link alignment procedures and allow MSUs to be processed.
204
Database Objectives for E1 Signaling Links
Cardsent–card
EAGLE STP SelfIdentification
chg–sid
Signaling Links
ent–slk
SS7Linksets
ent–ls
DestinationPoint Codes
ent–dstn
Routesent–rte
Shelvesent–shlf
Allow Cardsalw–card
Activate linksact-slk
E1sent-e1
205TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::clli – common language location identifier – indicates physical location of signaling point:cpc – STP capability point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N, used only for load sharing of SCCP messages being sent from the SSP to the STP:cpctype – what is this capability point code used for, lnp, stp, inp, eir:ncpc – when a cpc needs to be added or deleted:pc – STP point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N:pctype – ANSI, or other
Use chg-sid to add a capability point code, change an existing true point code, change the clli value or the pctype parameter. Requires an init-sys.
ent-sid is used to define additional true point codes for the STP. This command allows newly defined true point codes to be distributed to the cards without requiring system initialization (init-sys is not necessary).
205
Change Self Identification
In this step, the EAGLE is assigned a true point code, a capability point code(s), if used, and a CLLI codeWhen this command is entered, the init-sys command must be entered so these point codes are downloaded throughout the system
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-e1
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
chg-sid:clli=_________________:pci=_________________:pcn=__________________
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
206TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::loc – range of 1200 – 6100:type – ext, indicates extension shelf
206
Entering Extension Shelves
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-e1
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
In this step, the EAGLE is assigned any extension shelves that will be needed for the configuration being implementedThe Control shelf is a default and
cannot be entered, or deletedAn extension shelf must be
entered before cards can be assigned to itAs the network grows, more
shelves may be added seamlessly with no impact to current configuration or traffic
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-shlf:type=______________:loc=______________
207TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::appl – the application running on this card:loc – the physical card slot location of the card:type - the type of card being entered
207
Entering E1 Cards
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-e1
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
In this step, E1 cards are entered into the EAGLE system. There are two types of card
configurations for the E1 card, LIME1 and LIMCHCards used for LIM-E1 configuration are
E1-T1-MIM, E5-E1/T1 or HC-MIM where the physical connection is made with a E1 cableThe E1/T1 MIM is the only card
configured as LIMCHE1/T1-MIM may have 1 LIME1 card,
and up to 3 LIMCH cards for each E1
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-card:type=______________:appl=______________:loc=______________
208TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::dpc – the destination point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N:bei – broadcast exception indicator, determines if network management messages are transmitted to the point code, values of yes, and no
yes indicates messages are not broadcastno indicates messages are broadcast
:clli – common language location identifier – indicates physical location of signaling point
Up to 2,000 destinations may be provisioned on the EAGLE
208
Entering Destination Point Codes
In this step, the EAGLE is assigned the destination point codes of all signaling points to which it is expected to send or receive dataThis will include both adjacent and non-adjacent signaling points
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-e1
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-dstn:dpcn=______________:clli=______________:bei=______________
ent-dstn:dpci=______________:clli=______________:bei=______________
209TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::apc – adjacent point code in the form of ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N. This is the point code of the signaling point at the far end of the linkset. This point code must be present in the destination table prior to entry in this table.:lsn – linkset name, name of the linkset with a maximum of 10 characters. Must begin with an alpha character.:lst – the type of linkset used between the two signaling points, A, B, C, D, or E
209
Entering Linksets
In this step, the EAGLE is assigned the linksets between the EAGLE and all adjacent signaling pointsThe adjacent point codes (apc) entered with this command must already exist in the destination point code table from the previous commandA linkset name is assigned to each linkset, and must be entered into all signaling links in that linkset
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-e1
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-ls:lsn=_______________:lst=_____:apcn=_______________________
ent-ls:lsn=_______________:lst=_____:apci=_______________________
210TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::loc – location of the E1 card:e1port – E1 card port number. The value must be a E1 port for which an interface has not been configured on the specified card. Ports 3-8 can be specified only for HC-MIM and E5-E1/T1 cards.:e1tsel – the e1 timing selector, line, or external. Using line, the timing for the E1 links(timeslots) will come from channel 0 of the E1 facility. If external is used, the Master Timing feature must be purchased, and implemented in the EAGLE.
210
Entering E1 Physical Locations and Timing
This command enters an interface for a E1 card (physical card slot location)A E1 port must be specifiedThere are two ports on the
E1/T1MIM The physical connection is only on the port A connector on the backplaneThere are eight ports for on the
E5-E1/T1 and HC-MIM. The physical connection is on connectors A and BThe E1 timing selector is used to
identify external or line timing
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-e1
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-e1:loc=_______________:e1port=_____:e1tsel=_______________________
211TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::bps – bits per second, should be entered as 64000 for the E1(defaults to 56000):loc – location of LIM card supporting the signaling link:lsn – name of the linkset the signaling link is a part of:link – signaling link port of the LIM card, ports A, B, A1-A31, B1-B31:slc – signaling link code – a unique value for a signaling link in a linkset with a range of 0-15:e1loc – card slot location of the LIME1 card supporting the E1. This parameter is not used if the link is on a card configured as type=LIME1. This parameter is used if the link is on a card configured as type=LIMCH.:e1port: - physical location of the E1 facility. Range is 1-8. Value will be normally be 1.:ts – the timeslot used for the signaling link, with a value of 1-31
211
Entering E1 Signaling Links
In this step, E1 signaling links are entered into the EAGLE system
There are new parameters not used in the previous SS7 configuration
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-e1
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-slk:loc=___________:link=_____:slc=_____:ts=_______:bps=___________
:lsn=_____________:e1port=_______
212TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::dpc – point code of the signaling point in which the route is being configured:lsn – name of the linkset being used for this route:rc – relative cost of the route, with a value of 0-99, lowest value indicates most preferred route, and highest value indicates least preferred route
A maximum of 6 routes can be defined for each destination point code. For information on the 6-way Loadsharing on Routsets feature, look at slides 326 and 327
212
Entering Routes
In this step, all logical routes are entered for each point code entered with the ent-dstn commandNormal configuration will have 2 routes for each signaling point within the provisioned network, and 3 routes for each signaling point outside the provisioned networkThe :rc parameter is used to identify the priority of each route
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-e1
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-rte:dpcn=_______________________:lsn=__________________:rc=________
ent-rte:dpci=_______________________:lsn=__________________:rc=________
213TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::loc – physical location of LIM card
213
Allowing E1 Cards Into Service
alw-card
act-slk
In this step, the cards entered using the ent-card will be allowedWhen this command is entered, data from the following tables are downloaded to each allowed card:ent-card ent-e1ent-dstn ent-lsent-slk
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
alw-card:loc=__________________
214TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::loc – physical location of LIM card:link – signaling link port used for the E-1link, ports A, B, A1-A31, B1-B31. This varies based on type of Link Interface card used. LIM-E1 card only uses A and B port. E1/T1 MIM uses A-A3 and B-B3. E5-E1/T1 uses A-A31 and B-B31
214
Activating E1 Signaling Links
alw-card
act-slk
In this step, the signaling links entered using the ent-slk command will be activatedWhen this command is entered, the location and link for each signaling link must be entered in a separate commandIf the configuration is correct, and all signaling points are functioning properly, and correctly connected, all signaling links will align
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
act-slk:loc=_______________________:link=__________________
215TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
215
•Answer the questions to the best of your ability.•We will review all answers as a group.
Module 5 Lesson 3 Check Your Learning
216TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Module 5 Lesson 3 Review1. On a newly installed EAGLE STP, the last two commands entered after
building the basic database are:
2. SLC=1 indicates that an SLK is the first link in a linkset.True or False
3. What command is used to name the EAGLE?
4. List the mandatory parameters for the ent-e1 command._____________________________________________________
5. The maximum number of routes defined to a given destination are?
6. The related commands for the command entry “ent–ls” are:
7. To provision a E5-E1/T1 card in slot 2308 for ITU, the following command entry must be input.__________________________________________
8. If it is desirable to broadcast network management messages (TFP and TCP) to adjacent signaling points, BEI=____ must be defined in the “ent–dstn”command.
9. A total of _________ destinations may be defined in the Eagle STP.
10.The number of links in a linkset cannot exceed ______.
11.The type “limch” is used with the E5-E1/T1 card.True or False
12.The ______________ command uses both the e1port and e1tsel parameters.
217TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
Provisioning ATM Signaling Links on the EAGLE 5 STP
Module 5 Lesson 4
218TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
218
Lesson 4 Objectives
After this lesson of instruction, you should be able to:• Provision ATM Signaling Links for ITU networks
.
219TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
There are only two command entries that are different for conventional low speed DS0 links and ATM signaling links. They are highlighted in this slide and discussed on the next two slides.We will see the new card type required for a ATM Signaling Link.We will see the added parameters required for a ATM Signaling Link.
219
Database Objectives for ATM Signaling Links
Cardsent–card
EAGLE STP SelfIdentification
chg–sid
Signaling Linksent–slk
SS7Linksets
ent–ls
DestinationPoint Codes
ent–dstn
Routesent–rte
Shelvesent–shlf
Allow Cardsalw–card
Activate linksact-slk
220TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::appl – the application running on this card:loc – the physical card slot location of the card:type - the type of card being entered
220
Entering ATM Cards
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
In this step, LIMATM cards are entered into the EAGLE system
There are three types of cards that can be configured as an LIMATM card
LIMATM is a card used in ANSI
LIME1ATM is a card used in ITU
E5-ATM is a new replacement for both LIM-ATM (ANSI) and LIME1ATM (ITU) cards
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-card:type=______________:appl=______________:loc=______________
221TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Parameters used are::loc – location of LIM card supporting the signaling link:lsn – name of the linkset the signaling link is a part of:link – signaling link port of the Link Interface card. All cards except E5-ATM use only link A. E5-ATM may use link A and B. :slc – signaling link code – a unique value for a signaling link in a linkset with a range of 0-15:atmtsel – ATM timing selector – default setting is line, master timing feature required for external timing:bps – must be set to 1544000 for ANSI and 2048000 for ITU
:ll – line length of ATM cable (ANSI only)
:lpset – link parameter set identifier (ANSI & ITU)
:vci – virtual channel identifier (ANSI & ITU)
:vpi – virtual path identifier (ANSI & ITU)
:e1atmcrc4 – crc4 multiframe structure indicator (ITU only)
:e1atmsi – value of spare international bits of NFAS data (ITU only)
:e1atmsn – value of spare national bits of NFAS data (ITU only)
221
Entering ATM Signaling Links
chg-sid
ent-shlf
ent-card
ent-dstn
ent-ls
ent-slk
ent-rte
In this step, ATM signaling links are entered into the EAGLE system
There are new parameters of the ent-slk command not used in the previous SS7 or E1/T1 configuration
Fill in the command parameters for the example network
ent-slk:lsn=________________:loc=____________:link=_______:slc=________
:bps=______________:ll=_________:lpset=_________:vci=________:vpi=________:e1atmcrc4=_____________:e1atmsi=___________:e1atmsn=_____________
222TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
222
•Answer the questions to the best of your ability.•We will review all answers as a group.
Module 5 Lesson 4 Check Your Learning
223TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Module 5 Lesson 4 Review
1. The _________________ card is a new replacement for LIM-ATM and LIME1ATM cards.
2. New parameters used with an ATM signaling link are ______, _______,
________, __________, _________, __________, ________________
3. The bps rate of _______________________ is the default value for an ANSI ATM signaling link.
4. The bps rate of _______________________ is the default value for an ITU ATM signaling link.
5. The “ll” parameter is only used in the ________________ network.
224TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
224
Learning Activity
225TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
225
Learning Activity 4: Database Creation
Provides hands–on practice for creating and implementing EAGLE 5 STP database configuration.Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• EAGLE STP Database Administration Manual – SS7• EAGLE STP Commands Manual
Using the assigned STP network drawing and commands manual, create the configuration using the supplied form and configure your assigned EAGLE.
226TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Student Notes
227TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
227
clayncls 1201A slc=0
Raleigh / Clayton Network Drawing
240-12-3
240-12-4
240-12-7
240-12-8
Tandem
240-12-9
240-12-5
240-12-6
CPC 240-12-0
PC 240-12-1
PC 240-12-2
CPC 240-12-0
Raleigh
401.12
Clayton
401.03
Apex
Wilson
Benson
Cary
Fuquay
Dunn
Voice TrunksSignaling Links
CPC 220-13-0
PC 220-13-1
Tandem
220-13-5
SSP
SSP
PC 220-13-2
CPC 220-13-0
Dallas
402.02
Hubbard
402.12
apexls 1201B slc=0
wilsonls 1203A slc=0
bensonls 1203B slc=0
caryls 1205A slc=0
fuquayls 1205B slc=0
dunnls 1207A slc=0
tandemls 1207B slc=0
dallasls 1211A slc=0
hubardls 1213A slc=0
dallasls 1211A slc=0
rlghncls 1201A slc=0rlghncls 1213B slc=1
clayncls 1213B slc=1
hubardls 1213A slc=0
228TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
228
Denver / Salt Lake Network Drawing
slakels 1201A slc=0
190-12-3
190-12-4
190-12-7
190-12-8
Tandem
190-12-9
190-12-5
190-12-6
CPC 190-12-0
PC 190-12-1
PC 190-12-2
CPC 190-12-0
Denver
403.03
Salt Lake
403.12
Pueblo
Durango
Boulder
Vernal
Ogden
Moab
Voice TrunksSignaling Links
CPC 220-13-0
PC 220-13-1
Tandem
220-13-5
SSP
SSP
PC 220-13-2
CPC 220-13-0
Dallas
402.02
Hubbard
402.12
pueblols 1201B slc=0
durangols 1203A slc=0
boulderls 1203B slc=0
vernalls 1205A slc=0
ogdenls 1205B slc=0
moabls 1207A slc=0
tandemls 1207B slc=0
dallasls 1211A slc=0
hubardls 1213A slc=0
dallasls 1211A slc=0
denverls 1201A slc=0denverls 1213B slc=1
slakels 1213B slc=1
hubardls 1213A slc=0
229TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
229
Dallas / Hubbard Network DrawingCPC 190-12-0
PC 190-12-1
Denver
403.03
CPC 190-12-0
PC 190-12-2
Salt Lake
403. 12
Tandem
220-13-5
220-13-3
Allen
220-13-4
Waco
220-13-6
Crawford
220-13-7
Ft Worth
CPC 220-13-0
PC 220-13-1
Dallas
402.02
CPC 220-13-0
PC 220-13-2
Hubbard
402.12
allenls 1205A slc=0
wacols 1203B slc=0
crawfdls 1203A slc=0
ftwrthls 1201B slc=0
tandemls 1213A slc=0
hubardls 1201A slc=0
dallasls 1201A slc=0
dallasls 1213B slc=1
hubardls 1213B slc=1
CPC 240-12-0
PC 240-12-2
Clayton
401.03
CPC 240-12-0
PC 240-12-1
Raleigh
401.12
Tandem
190-12-9
Tandem
240-12-9
denvrls 1205B slc=0
saltlkls 1207A slc=0
clayncls 1211A slc=0
ralncls 1207B slc=0
Voice TrunksSignaling Links
230TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
chg-sid:
init-sys
ent-shlf:
ent-card:
ent-dstn:
ANSI SS7 Network STP Configuration Form
ent-card:
ent-card:
ent-card:
ent-card:
ent-card:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
231TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-rte:
ANSI SS7 Network STP Configuration Form
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
alw-card:
act-slk:
ent-slk:
232TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Use this network example to add a T1 signaling link to the C-linkset between your assigned pair of STPs.
232
lsxxxx 1216A slc=2
ANSI T1 Network Drawing
Tandem
STP
SSP
SSP
SCP
SCP
SSP
SSP
Voice TrunksSignaling Links
Tandem
SSP
SSP STP
STP
lsxxxx 1216A slc=2
STP
233TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
ANSI T1 Network STP Configuration Form
ent-card:
ent-t1:
ent-slk:
alw-card:
act-slk:
234TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
234
EAGLE STP Network Diagram - ITU
PCI 1-0-2
PCN 10002
STP A
Gatwick
PCI 1-0-3
PCN 10003
STP B
Heathrow
SMSC1
SMSC2
SMSC3
1000
1001
1002
HLR1
2000
HLR2
2001
IN1
3000
IN2
3001
IN3
3002
IN4
3003
pp2 1201A12 e1port=1 ts=13 slc=0 PP2
4001
in4 1201A11 e1port=1ts=12 slc=0
in3 1201A10 e1port=1ts=11 slc=0
in2 1201A9 e1port=1ts=10 slc=0
in1 1201A8 e1port=1ts=9 slc=0
smsc1 1201A e1port=1ts=1 slc=0
smsc2 1201A1 e1port=1ts=2 slc=0
smsc3 1201A2 e1port=1ts=3 slc=0
hlr1 1201A4 e1port=1ts=5 slc=0
hlr2 1201A5 e1port=1ts=6 slc=0
gatheatn 1211A e1port=1 ts=1 slc=0
gatheati 1211A1 e1port=1 ts=2 slc=0
MSC 1 MSC 2
7000 7001
msc1 1203A e1port=1ts=1 slc=1
msc2 1203A1 e1port=1ts=2 slc=1
•BPS rate for all of the links in this network drawing is 64Kbps
235TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
chg-sid:
init-sys
ent-shlf:
ent-card:
ent-dstn:
ITU SS7/E1 Network STP Configuration Form
ent-card:
ent-card:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-e1:
ent-e1:
ent-e1:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:ent-ls:
236TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
ITU SS7/E1 Network STP Configuration Form
ent-rte:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
237TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
ITU SS7/E1 Network STP Configuration Form
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
alw-card:
alw-card:
alw-card:
act-slk:act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
act-slk:
238TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Use this network example to add an ATM signaling link to the C-linkset between your assigned pair of STPs.
238
lsxxxx 1217A slc=3
ANSI ATM Network Drawing
Tandem
STP
SSP
SSP
SCP
SCP
SSP
SSP
Voice TrunksSignaling Links
Tandem
SSP
SSP STP
STP
lsxxxx 1217A slc=3
STP
239TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
ANSI ATM Network STP Configuration Form
ent-card:
ent-slk:
alw-card:
act-slk:
240TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Use this network example to add an ATM signaling link and linkset the PP1 signaling point
240
ITU ATM Network Drawing
PP1
STP A
Gatwick
pp1 1205A e1port=1
slc=0 bps=1984000
STP B
Heathrow
241TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
ITU ATM Network STP Configuration Forment-card:
ent-ls:
ent-slk:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
alw-card:
ent-dstn:
ent-e1:
act-slk:
242TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
242
Portable STP Network Example
Tandem
190-12-6
CPC 190-12-0
PC 190-12-1
PC 190-12-2
CPC 190-12-0
Denver
Salt Lake
SSP
SSP
SSP
Voice TrunksSignaling Links
CPC 213-20-0
PC 213-20-1
PC 213-20-2
CPC 213-20-0
New York
Boston
newyorkls 1111B slc=0
CPC 220-13-0
PC 220-13-1
PC 220-13-2
CPC 220-13-0
San Fran
Dallas
denverls 1111B slc=0
dallasls 1101A slc=0
bostonls 1103B slc=0
slakels 1107A slc=0
Tandem
tandemls 1103A slc=0
220-13-3
SSP
SSP
SSP
Tandem
213-20-6
243TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
chg-sid:
init-sys
ent-card:
ent-dstn:
ANSI SS7 Network Portable STP Configuration Form
ent-card:
ent-card:
ent-card:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-dstn:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-ls:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-slk:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
244TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
ent-rte:
ANSI SS7 Network Portable STP Configuration Form
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
ent-rte:
alw-card:
act-slk:
245TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
Database Management
Module 6
246TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
This section discusses the following Database Management Procedures:•Backup to the fixed disk•Backup to the removable cartridge•Backup to the remote server•Perform the repair procedure•Restore from the fixed disk•Restore from the removable cartridge•Restore from the remote server
The following EAGLE 5 STP Manuals will be used as reference for this section of the course:•Commands•Database Administration – System Management•Maintenance
246
Module 6 Objectives
After this Module, you should be able to• Explain the procedures for maintaining an EAGLE STP
database using the database management commands
• Describe database backup, repair, and restore commands and procedures
247TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
247
Database Command – rept-stat-db
RLGHNCXA21W 05-01-22 16:10:49 EST Rel. XXXX
DATABASE STATUS: >> ok <<TDM 1114 (STDBY) TDM 1116 (ACTV)C LEVEL TIME LAST BACKUP C LEVEL TIME LAST BACKUP
FD BKUP Y 90 08-08-22 03:45:03 EDT Y 90 08-08-22 03:45:03 EDTFD CRNT Y 124 Y 124
MDAL 1117
RD BKUP Y 90 08-08-22 03:51:00
TERMINAL # 1 REL. XXXXCLLI: RLGHNCXA01WDATE: 08-08-22 16:10:50 EDT
TOTAL ALARM STATUSMINR
6
rept-stat-dbCommand Accepted>rept-stat-db
The rept-stat-db command should be analyzed prior to performing any database management procedures. Things to look for in the rept-stat-db command are:•Date and time of last backup•Coherency between fixed disk partitions indicated by the “C” under TDM.•Are levels different between the fixed disk backup and current partitions?•Are levels different between both TDM backup partitions and current partitions?•Are levels different between the fixed disk and the backup disk?
248TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Make a copy of the database from the current partition on the active and standby fixed disk to the backup partition on each of those disks.
Perform the backup according to the backup procedure, EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual procedures or your company policy.
Enter the following backup commands:•rept-stat-db•chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed
NOTE - If the destination is not specified, default to fixed (:dest=fixed).
248
Backup to TDM Fixed Disks
chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed
ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK
GPLs GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
249TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Make a backup of the database to the removable cartridge.Copy the database on the current partition of the active TDM fixed disk to the removable cartridge in the MDAL.Enter the following backup commands:
•rept-stat-db•chg-db:action=backup:dest=remove
NOTE - If the destination is not specified, default to fixed (:dest=fixed)
CAUTION! Do not leave the MO disk in the drive for an extended period of time. Exposure to heat may affect execution of backup/restore operations.
249
ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK
SYSTEM DATA REMOVABLE CARTRIDGE
chg-db:action=backup:dest=remove
Backup to Removable Cartridge
Backup Data
GPLs
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
250TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Use this procedure to make a backup of the database to the USB memory module when using the E5-MASP card.Copy the database on the current partition of the active E5-MASP TDMs to the USB memory module in the latched USB slots of the active E5-MASP card.Enter the following backup commands:
•rept-stat-db•chg-db:action=backup:dest=remove
NOTE - If the destination is not specified, default to fixed (:dest=fixed)
If the dest=usb, the backup is performed to a credit card drive which also resides on the E5-MCAP. A credit card USB memory module must be inserted into the Active OAM flush-mounted USB port prior to issuing the backup command.
250
Backup to USB Removable Drive
ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK
chg-db:action=backup:dest=remove
Backup Data
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
USB Memory Module
251TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
251
Backup to Remote Server
ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK
chg-db:action=backup:dest=server
Database FTP Server
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
E5-IPSM
This command allows a copy of the database to be saved to a remote server, using FTP. If the EAGLE OA&M IP Security feature is turned on, the Secure FTP is used for data backup.Performing a backup to a remote server requires E5-IPSM cards.FTP Server must be configured using the ent-ftp-serv command. The application (app) must configured as database backup/restore application (app=db).
252TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Perform the repair procedure whenever the two fixed disks have a different database image, for example, after a MASP failure or after you rotate your spare TDM.Copy the fixed disk image of the database associated with the ACTIVE MASP to the fixed disk of the STANDBY MASP.Be sure to enter the rept-stat-db command first to verify that you are repairing in the correct direction. Enter the following backup commands:
•rept-stat-db•chg-db:action=repair
NOTE - This procedure may take up to 45 minutes
252
Repairing the TDM Database
ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK
chg-db:action=repair
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
253TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Copy the database from the backup partition of both MASPs to the current partition of both MASPsEnter the following backup commands:
•rept-stat-db•chg-db:action=restore:src=fixed•If the source is not specified, default to fixed (:src=fixed)
NOTE - An init-sys command must be issued after this procedure. See the EAGLE STP Commands Manual. Use the parameter data=persist if any number portability functions are activated on the EAGLE 5 STP.An init-network command may be substituted. See the Commands Manual.
253
Restore from the TDM Fixed Disks
chg-db:action=restore:src=fixed
GPLs GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK
254TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Restoring the Fixed Disks from the Removable Disk•Be sure the removable cartridge contains the database configuration to be restored•Copy the database on the removable cartridge to the current partitions of both MASPs (TDMs)
Enter the following backup commands:•rept-stat-db•chg-db:action=restore:src=remove
If the source is not specified, default to fixed (:src=fixed).
NOTE - An init-sys command must be issued after this procedure. Init-network command may be substituted. See the EAGLE STP Commands Manual. Use the parameter data=persist if any number portability functions are activated on the EAGLE 5 STP.An init-network command may be substituted. See the Commands Manual.
254
Restore from the Removable Disk
ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK
SYSTEM DATA REMOVABLE DISK
chg-db:action=restore:src=remove
Backup Data
GPLs
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
255TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Use this procedure to restore the Fixed Disks from the USB memory module•Be sure the data to be restore is the correct and most up to date data •The database on the active memory module is copied to the current partitions on each E5-MASP cards.
Enter the following backup commands:•rept-stat-db•chg-db:action=restore:src=remove
If the source is not specified, default to fixed (:src=fixed).
NOTE - An init-sys command must be issued after this procedure. Init-network command may be substituted.
An init-network command may be substituted. See the Commands Manual.
255
Restore from the USB Removable Drive
ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK
USB Memory Module
chg-db:action=restore:src=remove
Backup Data
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
256TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Use this procedure to restore the Fixed Disks from the USB Credit Card Drive•Be sure the data to be restore is the correct and most up to date data •Copy the data on the Credit Card drive that is inserted in the active OAM’s flush mount USB slot to the current partitions of both MASPs (TDMs)
Enter the following backup commands:•rept-stat-db•chg-db:action=restore:src=usb
If the source is not specified, default to fixed (:src=fixed).
NOTE - An init-sys command must be issued after this procedure. Init-network command may be substituted.
An init-network command may be substituted. See the Commands Manual.
256
Restore from the USB Credit Card Drive
ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK
SYSTEM DATA USB CREDIT CARD DRIVE
chg-db:action=restore:src=usb
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
Backup Data
257TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
257
Restore from Remote Server
ACTIVE FIXED DISK STANDBY FIXED DISK
chg-db:action=restore:src=server:file=“file name being restored”
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
GPLs
Backup Data
Current Data
Measurements
Database FTP Server
E5-IPSM
For a database restore, the EAGLE 5 STP unpacks and uncompresses the backup files from the FTP server and places those files on the active partition of both TDMs.
258TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
When formatting a used Magneto-Optical (M.O.) Disk, the low=no parameter should be used to reduce the format time. Low level formatting of the disk can take close to one hour, while not performing the low lever format will only take 3-5 minutes. The default for this parameter is low=yes, so it is important to enter low=no, when formatting a previously used M.O. Disk. When formatting a used M.O. Disk, the force parameter must be used to verify that it is okay to lose the data on the disk, because any data will be deleted.
258
Formatting a Previously Used Cartridge
A previously used removable disk may be re-formatted as a System diskOAM measurements must be disabled before formatting the disk. Disable measurements using the command:
chg-meas:collect=off Measurment Platform measurements are not disabled for this procedure.If the disk has been previously used for backups, the force=yes parameter must be used.To format a previously used disk use the command:
format-disk:type=system:force=yes:low=noAfter the format-disk command is complete, it is recommended to copy the system Release software from the TDM using the command:copy-gplBe sure to turn measurements back on after the format-disk command
259TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
When formatting a used USB drive, the low=no parameter should be used to reduce the format time. Low level formatting of the drive can take close to one hour, while not performing the low lever format will only take 3-5 minutes. The default for this parameter is low=yes, so it is important to enter low=no, when formatting a previously used USB drive.
259
Formatting a Used USB Credit Card Drive
A previously used credit card USB drive may be re-formatted as a System diskOAM measurements must be disabled before formatting the disk. Disable measurements using the command:
chg-meas:collect=off Measurment Platform measurements are not disabled for this procedure.If the drive has been previously used for backups, the force=yes parameter must be used.To format a previously used drive use the command:
format-disk:type=usb:loc=1113:force=yes:low=noAfter the format-disk command is complete, it is recommended to copy the system Release software from the TDM using the command:copy-gplBe sure to turn measurements back on after the format-disk command
260TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
When formatting a new M.O. disk the low level format must be performed in order to create the partitions on the disk for the GPL, and the backup data. The default action is low=yes, so the parameter low=yes does not need to be entered in the command for it to proceed correctly.
260
A new removable disk may be formatted as a System disk.OAM measurements must be disabled before formatting the disk. Disable measurements using the command:
chg-meas:collect=offMeasurment Platform measurements are not disabled for this procedure.Format an unformatted (new) disk using the command:
format-disk:type=system:low=yesAfter the format-disk command is complete, it is recommended to copy the system Release software from the TDM using the command:copy-gplBe sure to turn measurements back on after the format-disk command
Formatting a New Removable Cartridge
261TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
When formatting a new USB drive the low level format must be performed in order to create the partitions on the disk for the GPL, and the backup data. The default action is low=yes, so the parameter low=yes does not need to be entered in the command for it to proceed correctly.
261
A new removable disk may be formatted as a System disk.OAM measurements must be disabled before formatting the disk. Disable measurements using the command:
chg-meas:collect=offMeasurment Platform measurements are not disabled for this procedure.Format an unformatted (new) disk using the command:
format-disk:type=usb:loc=1113:low=yesAfter the format-disk command is complete, it is recommended to copy the system Release software from the TDM using the command:copy-gplBe sure to turn measurements back on after the format-disk command
Formatting a New USB Credit Card Drive
262TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Student Notes
263TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
263
Learning Activities
264TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
264
Learning Activity 5: Database Maintenance
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE STP Database Administration Manual - SS7, STP, and user interface for database backup procedures.After completing this exercise, you will be able to:• Backup database to the fixed disk and either a removable cartridge
or USB drive
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE STP Database Administration Manual - SS7• Removable Cartridge
USB drive
265TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Assignment A - Backup to Fixed Disk
Use available materials, equipment, references and the following flowchart to perform a backup of the database to the fixed disk
Enter the rept-stat-db
command
Enter the chg-db:action= backup: dest=fixed command
Enter the rept-stat-db command
Call for instructor assistance
No
Yes
Is the database in the current (CRNT)
partitions of the fixed disks coherent?
266TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Assignment B - Backup to CartridgeUse available materials, equipment, references ant the following flowchart to perform a backup of the database to a removable cartridge.
C h e c k th e re m o v a b le d is k d r iv e fo r a re m o v a b le c a r t r id g e
Is a c a r t r id g e d r iv e in th e d is k
d r iv e ? C a ll fo r in s t ru c to r
a s s is ta n c e
E n te r th e re p t -s ta t -d b c o m m a n d
Is th e d a ta b a s e in th e c u r re n t (C R N T )
p a r t i t io n s o f th e f ix e d d is k s c o h e re n t?
C a ll fo r in s t ru c to r a s s is ta n c e
In s e r t a w r ite e n a b le d c a r t r id g e in th e re m o v a b le
d is k d r iv e
E n te r th e c h g -d b :a c t io n = b a c k u p : d e s t= re m o v e c o m m a n d
E n te r th e re p t -s ta t -d bc o m m a n d
R e m o v e th e c a r t r id g e f ro m th e re m o v a b le d is k d r iv e
L a b e l th e re m o v a b le c a r t r id g e
N o
Y e s
N o
Y e s
267TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Assignment C - Backup to USB driveUse available materials, equipment, references ant the following flowchart to perform a backup of the database to a USB thumb drive.
C h e c k th e U S B d r iv e fo r a U S B th u m b d r iv e
Is a th u m b d r iv e in th e d r iv e ? C a ll fo r in s tru c to r
a s s is ta n c e
E n te r th e re p t-s ta t-d b c o m m a n d
Is th e d a ta b a s e in th e c u rre n t (C R N T )
p a rt it io n s o f th e f ixe d d is k s c o h e re n t?
C a ll fo r in s t ru c to r a s s is ta n c e
In s e rt a U S B th u m b d r iv e in th e U S B d r iv e
E n te r th e c h g -d b :a c t io n = b a c k u p : d e s t= u s b : lo c = x x x x c o m m a n d
E n te r th e re p t-s ta t-d bc o m m a n d
R e m o v e th e th u m b d r iv e f ro m th e U S B d r iv e
N o
Y e s
N o
Y e s
268TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
268
•Answer the questions to the best of your ability.•We will review all answers as a group.
Check Your Learning
269TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Module 6 Review1. After you install the spare TDM into the system, which command do you need
to perform?A. RepairB. RestoreC. Backup
2. What is the purpose of doing a backup to the fixed disk?
3. If you type in the command chg-db:action=restore, the EAGLE STP takes the contents from the removable disk and writes it to the current partition of both fixed TDMs.
True or False4. Before you begin any database action, which command do you enter?
A. repair B. restore C. backup to fixedD. rept-stat-db
5. What is the advantage of performing the step in Question 4?
6. What are the possible values for the parameter :action= ___________?
7. What are the possible values for the parameter :dest = ____________?
8. What are the two partitions of the System Data Removable Cartridge?
9. What are the four partitions of the TDM Fixed Disk?
10. What is the default value of src in the following command: chg-db :action = restore :src = ?
270TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Student Notes
271TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
TEKELEC. FOR WHAT'S NEXT
EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance
Module 7
272TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The following EAGLE STP Manuals will be used as reference for this section of the course.•Commands•Maintenance
272
Module 7 Objectives
After this Module, you should be able to:• Explain the Preventive Maintenance procedures of the
EAGLE 5 STP• Explain the Corrective Maintenance procedures for
verifying system alarms, responding to system messages, and clearing alarms
273TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
273
Preventive Maintenance Procedures
Preventive Maintenance consists of the following:• Maintaining the Fuse and Alarm Panel
• Daily Procedures
• Weekly Procedures
• Monthly Procedures
• Quarterly Procedures
• Semi-Annual Procedures
274TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
274
Maintaining the Fuse and Alarm Panel
There are two types of Fuse and Alarm Panels that require a diode board test. They are:• P/N 1606/2320xx FAP• P/N 870-2804-01 FAP
The diode test procedures for these boards will be discussed on the next two slides.Diode board testing is a troubleshooting procedure. You may have to occasionally perform corrective maintenance on the FAP itself. These procedures are located in the Preventive Maintenance section of the Maintenance Manual.
275TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
1. Check to verify the OP/Maint. LED is green, indicating the FAP is not in maintenance mode.2. Unscrew the two thumbscrews securing the FAP jumper board and remove the board.3. Move the jumper plug from P71 to P72.4. Slide the jumper board back into the FAP and verify both of the following alarms.
1. Check to verify the OP/Maint. LED light is now Red.2. Check to verify a Red Fuse Alarm LED on the FAP.3. If both of these conditions are met you may now remove either or both diode circuit boards without
affecting the EAGLE 5 STP service.5. Locate diode board A and unscrew the two thumbscrews securing the board and remove the board.6. Locate the diodes to be tested. They are labeled CR43 and CR44 for diode board A. Each diode has three
pins.7. Set your digital multimeter to diode check mode.8. Measure the voltage drop between the center pin of diode CR43 and either of the outside pins with the
ground probe on the center lead.1. Record the measurement.
9. Measure the voltage drop between the same pins Again, but switch the multimeter leads, so the positive lead is now on the opposite pin.
1. Record the measurement.10. Repeat steps 8 and 9 on diode CR44.11. Compare the two measurements. If the diode is functioning properly, the step 8 reading should be between
0.2 and 0.1 volts and the step 9 reading should read as an open circuit. If this is not your results replace the diode board(s).
12. Re-insert the diode boards and remove the jumper board, then move the jumper plug from P72 to P71.13. Re-insert the jumper board and observe the OP/Maint. and FAP LEDs change back to Green.
275
FAP 870-1606/2320xx Diode Board Testing
OP/MAINT
Diode Board A Diode Board BJumper Board Alarm Board
Jumper Position in Operation Mode
Jumper Position in Maintenance Mode
P71
P72
P72
P71
276TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
•In the Normal Mode, the Shorting Board Led should be out.•In the Maintenance Mode, the Shorting Board LED should be Green, and the FAP Fuse LED should be Red.
276
FAP Diode Board Testing 870-2804-01
LED Position in Maintenance Mode LED Position in Normal Mode
277TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
FAP 870-2804-01Diode Board Testing Procedure1. Check to verify the Shorting Board Position and verify the LED is NOT on, indicating the FAP is
in normal mode.2. Note the orientation of the LED on the diode board. It should be on the top side of the Shorting
Board. This is the normal mode.3. Loosen the two thumbscrews and pull the board straight out of the FAP until the board is clear of
the frame.4. Turn the Shorting Board over and re-insert the board into it’s slot. 5. Note the orientation of the Shorting Board LED. It should now be on the bottom side of the
Shorting Board. This is the maintenance (bypass) mode.6. Ensure the board is seated properly and tighten the two screws to secure the board.7. To verify it is in maintenance mode, the LED on the Shorting Board should now be Green and
the Fuse LED on the FAP should now be Red.8. Loosen the two thumbscrews on the diode board(s) and pull the board(s) straight out of the FAP
until the board is clear of the frame.9. Set your digital multimeter to diode check mode.10. Locate the diodes to be tested.11. Connect the DVM positive (+) lead and negative (-) lead to the pins indicated in the chart below
for each power diode.12. The DVM should read between 0.2 and 0.1 volts. Record the measurements.
13. Reverse the leads. The DVM should indicate an open circuit (OL). Record the measurements.14. Compare the two measurements. If the diodes are functioning properly, the step 11 reading
should be between 0.2 and 0.1 volts and the step 12 reading should read as an open circuit. If this is not your results replace the diode board(s).
15. If the measurements are within acceptable parameters, reinstall the diode board(s) and reverse the position of the Shorting Board, observing the LEDs on the board and the FAP.
278TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
278
Daily Maintenance Procedures
Daily Maintenance Procedures include:• Daily Database Backups
- Follow the steps in Module 6 on database backups.
• System Report Analysis- Follow the steps in the Maintenance Manual.
• Reports Description- Follow the steps in the Maintenance Manual.
279TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
279
Weekly Maintenance Procedures
Weekly Maintenance Procedures include:• Printer Inspection
- Follow the steps in the Maintenance Manual.
• Remote Access Verification- Follow the steps in the Maintenance Manual.
280TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
280
Monthly Maintenance Procedures
Monthly Maintenance Procedures include:• Change the Fan Tray Filters• Fuse Spares Inventory• Wrist Strap Test
281TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The purpose of this routine is to prevent dirt and dust from building up around the fan units, hindering them from cooling the shelf effectively. The fan unit is used with EOAP units and some DCMs.
Requirements: Replacement air filter (Tekelec P/N 551-0011-01).Interval: Every 45 days.Procedure1. Turn the fan power switch to the OFF position. The Active LED under the fans becomes unlit and
the fan Alarm LED turns red. The EAGLE STP generates a UAM indicating a fan failure. Unscrew the two thumbscrews securing the grill and remove it.
2. Remove and discard the old air filter.3. Position the new air filter so that it covers the opening to the fan assembly. Check the bottom
edge of the filter to make sure the airflow indicator arrows are pointing away from you and towards the fan assembly.
4. To replace the grill, position it on the fan assembly and screw in the two thumbscrews to secure the grill in place.
5. Turn the fan power switch to the ON position. The two LEDs for the fan assembly turn green and the EAGLE STP generates a UIM to indicate the fan alarm is cleared.
281
Fan Filter Replacement (EOAP only)
FanAssembly
Filter
Grill
FanSwitch
282TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The EAGLE fan tray 890-0001-01 contains three -48V fans that provide a redundant airflow for thermal management of the shelf. Air Management cards must be used to ensure efficient air flow in shelves equipped with fans. Shelves with HCMIM cards are required to be cooled by a fan tray.Air Management cards are required in all empty slots in the shelf above the fan tray used with HCMIM cards.
282
Fan Filter Replacement (HC-MIM)
Fan Filter
Filter Tab
Fan Card
Replaceable Fans
283TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Purpose• To verify that ample spare fuses are available for use in the FAP
Requirements• Industry standard GMT fuse 1 amp - gray flag - used with IMT Bus cards• Industry standard GMT fuse 2 amp - orange flag - used with shelf cooling fans• Industry standard GMT fuse 3 amp - blue flag - used with application cards• Industry standard GMT 7.5 amp - black/white flag - used with Texas Micro OAP(Operations
Application Processor)• Industry standard GMT 10 amp - red/white flag - used with Tekelec EOAP (Enhanced Operations
Application Processor)
Make sure that no fewer than 5 of each type of spare fuse are readily accessible.
NOTE - GMT fuses are Grounded Metallic Thermal (GMT) fuses.
283
Fuse Spares Inventory
Flag
870-1606-02FAP
Ready Position Blown Position
870-0243-08/-09FAP
FlagReady Position Blown Position
284TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
If the resistance measured is less than 800 KΏ, you may be electrocuted if the equipment short circuits while you are wearing the wrist strap.
If the resistance is greater than 1200KΏ, you may damage your equipment with electro-static discharge (ESD).
284
Wrist Strap Test
The purpose of the wrist strap test is to verify the integrity of the anti-static wrist strap and ground cord used when handling cards from the EAGLE 5 STPPerform the following steps for a wrist strap test:• Detach the grounding cord from the wrist strap• Using an ohmmeter, or Digital Multimeter, measure the
resistance between the two ends of the ground cord• If you measure a resistance between 800 KΏ and 1200
KΏ, the ground strap is safe• If you measure a resistance that is not between 800 KΏ
and 1200KΏ, discard the ground cord and wrist strap
285TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
285
Quarterly Maintenance Procedures
Quarterly Preventive Maintenance Procedures are:• Preventing Dust Buildups• Rectifier Voltage Inspection/Recording
286TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
PurposeTo prevent dust buildup in and around the cabinet, which can allow electrostatic charges to develop
around circuit cards installed in the system and possibly cause damage.
RequirementsA damp lint-free cloth
IntervalQuarterly
Procedure1. Open the door(s) on the front of the cabinet only. Do not remove the Plexiglas panels from the
rear of the frame. 2. Using a lint-free cloth, wipe the dust from the doors and front of the card cages. Do not use
compressed air.3. Using the same cloth, wipe the dust from the air intakes and around the exterior of the system
frames.
286
Preventing Dust Buildups
287TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Tekelec recommends a semi-annual spare rotation to verify the integrity of the spare cards.Sometimes spare cards are used to replace defective cards and the defective card ends up back in assumed good spares.By rotating the spare cards on a 6 month frequency when a spare is not really needed, it helps reduce the possibility of a situation where you need a spare card and one is not available due to a breakdown in the RMA process. Tekelec has provided the proper procedures for the replacement of each card type in Appendix A, “Card Replacement Procedures” in the Maintenance Manual.
It is recommended that at least one of every application module equipped in the EAGLE be maintained in the spare card inventory.
287
Semi-Annual Spare Card Rotation
12
11
13
21
22
23
31
32
33
CF-00 EF-00 EF-01
288TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
288
Corrective Maintenance Procedures
Verifying system alarmsResponding to system messagesClearing alarmsTesting signaling links
289TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Trouble DetectionThe first step in analyzing a system trouble is to recognize when trouble exists. The EAGLE 5 STP alerts you through the use of alarms:•Visible alarms:
•MDAL LEDs•FAP LEDs•Alarms displayed on the system terminal•LEDs on application cards•End cabinet alarm indicators•Event messages
•Audible alarm on the MDAL
289
IPMX
10IPMX
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
TDMTDM MDALMCAP
TDMTDM MDALMCAP
MCAP
MCAPMASP-A MASP-B
MASP–A MASP-B
3-11 contshelf 22.0
Cards 1101 through 1108 and 1111, 1112 are user definableTEKELEC
IPMX
10IPMX
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
3-11 contshelf x 22
TEKELEC
TEKELEC
TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELEC TEKELECTEKELECTEKELECTEKELECTEKELECTEKELECTEKELECTEKELECTEKELECTEKELEC
EAGLE 5 STP Visual Alarm Indications
CRIT
MIN
MAJ
3-2 endpanel %2f lamps21
End Cabinet
FAP
OtherCards
MDAL
A CRITAL
MAJOR
MINOR
FUSEALARM
POWERALARM
POWERALARM
Card holder
1 10 20 1 10 20
Fuse Alarm Panel-front
B
290TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Alarm status in highlighted boxes at top left corner of a system terminal screen along with number of the type of alarm:•CRIT - Indicates number of critical alarms•MAJR - Indicates number of major alarms•MINR - Indicates number of minor alarms•INH - Indicates number of inhibited alarms
290
Command entered at terminal #1
RLGHNCXA21W 08-04-21 16:10:49 EDT Rel. XXXXSearching devices for alarms...
RLGHNCXA21W 08-04-21 16:10:50 EDT Rel. XXXXSEQN UAM AL DEVICE TROUBLE TEXT1419. 0048 * TERMINAL 15 Terminal failed1422. 0110 * IMT SYSTEM Failure detected on one IMT bus1421. 0108 ** IMT BUS A Major IMT failure detected
Card 1101, 1103, 1113, 1115, (6 others)1412. 0092 *C Card 1117 MDAL not respondingCommand Completed.
TERMINAL # 1 REL. XXXXCLLI: RLGHNCXA01WDATE: 08-04-21 16:10:50 EDT
TOTAL ALARM STATUSCRIT MAJR MINR
rept-stat-trblCommand Accepted> rept-stat-trbl_
Command In Progress
ScrollArea
CommandArea
Progress of Command Area
Command Line
Command Response
Previous Command
MAJR
TOTAL ALARM STATUS
1 1 2
MINRCRIT
1 1 2
Reporting Troubles on the User Interface
291TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Use tst-slk to test signaling links. This is the only test available for E1/T1 MIM in ITU networks.Signaling links must be inhibited and de-activated prior to testing.A sample command would be:
tst-slk:loc=1201:link=a:loopback=sltc:time=100 (equals 1 minute)The act-cdl command is effectively the reverse of the tst-slk:loopback=lxvr command, which loops the transmitted data back to the receiver.A sample command would be:
act-cdl:loc=1201:link=a:loopback=lineUse dact-cdl to deactivate a previously initiated command driven loopback for testing a signaling link.
Use rept-stat-tstslk to generate a report of the status of the MTP signaling links currently under test.
291
ITU Signaling Link Testing
Signaling links that have failed may be tested from the EAGLE link interface card to the far-end signaling elementCommand used to test signaling links are:• tst-slk – used on all links except SSEDCM or E5-ENET IPGW links• tst-e1- used to test HC-MIM and E5-E1T1 ports on a card type=lime1• act-cdl - initiates a command driven loopback for testing a link.
For low speed links , the lxvr and sltc tests are allowedFor ATM links, the lxvr, oam, line, payload, and sltc tests are allowedFor IPLIMx DCMs having types of M2PA, only the sltc test is allowedFor LIME1 applications, only the sltc test is allowedUse rept-stat-tstslk command to generate a report of the status of the MTP signaling links currently under test.
292TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The LFS feature must be turned on.Use rept-stat-lfs to generate a report of all the SS7 links that are under Link Fault Sectionalization (LFS) test. Along with the link identification information, the command output lists:
•the current LBP •the test pattern•the maximum bit-errors threshold•the bit-errors since the beginning of this test•the maximum test time•time elapsed since the beginning of the test
Use act-lbp to activate one or more loopback point tests for testing data signaling link elements in an ANSI SS7 transmission path. The maximum number of loop-back points is 32 per signaling link being tested. The LFS feature is not available in ITU networks. Use act-cdl to initiate a command driven loopback for testing a signaling link.Use dact-cdl to deactivate a previously initiated command driven loopback for testing a signaling link.
292
ANSI Signaling Link Testing
The tst-slk command may be used in the ANSI network just as they are in the ITU networkThe tst-t1 command is used to test HC-MIM and E5-E1T1 ports on a card type=limt1The act-cdl command may also be performed on ANSI signaling linksANSI networks have an additional signaling link testing feature called Link Fault Sectionlization (LFS)This is a “feature” which means there is a fee associated with this or any other feature that is part of the EAGLE 5 STPFor the most comprehensive testing to be performed, loopback tables should be created identifying all signaling elements within each signaling link to be tested
293TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The system sends unsolicited information messages (UIM) to the system terminals whenever there is a non-service affecting condition. This includes MSUs with invalid information, conversion failures, restoration of previous alarm conditions, or a failed gateway screening function. Each message has a numbered code and informational text associated with the condition.
Output message field includes the following information:Host CLLI code
• Date• Time / Time Zone• System release number• Message sequence number• Unsolicited alarm / information number• Affected device• Informational message related to the problem
Recovery procedures are also included in the Maintenance Manual for each UIM. In the case of UIM 1004, the following instructions are included:
1. If the EAGLE 5 STP system should be able to route to the DPC indicated in the message output, add the DPC to the EAGLE 5 STP system routing table using the ent-dstn and ent-rte commands.
2. If the DPC is not one that the EAGLE 5 STP system should be able to route, no action is necessary.
UIMs will be discarded if received within 250ms of the previous UIM. This is a design constraint to prevent the OAM from being flooded by UIMs.
293
Event Message Format/UIM
RLGHNC0108X 09-02-21 13:30:59 EST Rel XX.X.X
5014 1004 Card 1201B MTP rcvd unknown DPCSIO=5 OPC=003-236-000
DPC=213-20-145 LSN=AT802169
CLLI Date Time Time Zone Release Number
MessageSequenceNumber
UnsolicitedAlarmMessage
Affected Device Message
Output Message for Unsolicited Information Message 1004
294TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
The system sends unsolicited alarm messages (UAM) to the system terminals whenever there is a system fault, whenever a previous fault is corrected, when a subsystem, equipment, and / or service is placed in or taken out-of-service. Each message has a trouble code and text associated with the trouble condition.
Output message field includes the following information:• Host CLLI code• Date• Time / Time Zone• System release number• Message sequence number• Unsolicited alarm number• Affected device• Informational message related to the problem• Alarm Level indicator
Examples of alarm messages:• Major - 0064 major holdover clock trouble detected • Major - 0111 failure on both IMT A and IMT B• Minor - 0201 REPT-LKF: remote NE loopback; 0203 REPT-LKF: lost data
Procedure to troubleshoot problem:1. Locate UAM in output message on screen2. Look up UAM in EAGLE STP Maintenance Manual3. Follow steps to resolve the problem
294
Output Message Format / UAM
Output Message for Unsolicited Alarm Message 0173
RLGHNC0101X 09-02-21 13:30:59 EST Rel XX.X.X
** 0014 0173 ** CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-P,1114-S,1116-P Clocks failed
CLLI Date Time Time Zone Release Number
MessageSequenceNumber
UnsolicitedAlarmMessage
AffectedDevice
MessageAlarmLevel
AlarmLevel
295TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
A Signaling Link must first be de-activated using the dact-slk command before any loopback may be performed.
ITU Network Signaling Link Testing •To perform a local loopback for DS0, ATM and DS1 links in an ITU network, enter the command tst-slk:loc=xxxx:link=xx:loopback=lxvr.
ANSI Network Signaling Link Testing•The tst-slk command may also be used in ANSI networks. Tekelec has a feature for link testing that is available for ANSI networks only called Link Fault Sectionalization (LFS)•LFS feature must be purchased from Tekelec, and activated with the chg-feat:lfs=on command. •The LFS feature allows multiple loopback points to be configured for ANSI DS0 links only.A loopback table must be entered into the EAGLE database using the ent-lbp command. With this command these parameters must be entered:
•lbp – identifies the loopback point(s) up to 32. Each loopback point must be entered using a separate ent-lbp command.•loc – indicates the LIM card location•port – indicates the port of the link on the LIM card•rle – the device to be looped back. dsu would be used for a patch panel, nei would be used for a STP, end office switch, or SCP.•lfst – llt would be used for switches, and nlt would be used for a local loopback on a patch panel
An example of the ent-lbp command for the slide above would be:ent-lbp:lbp=1:loc=2318:port=a:rle=dsu:lfst=llt
After the loopback table entry is complete the local loopback may be performed after inserting a loopback test plug into the affected patch panel location, and then entering the following command:
act-lbp:loc=2318:port=a:lbp=1
295
Output Message Format / UAM
Output Message for Unsolicited Alarm Message 0236
RLGHNC0101X 09-02-21 13:30:59 EST Rel XX.X.X
** 0014 0236 ** REPT-LKF: not aligned
CLLI Date Time Time Zone Release Number
UnsolicitedAlarmMessage
MessageAlarmLevel
Alarm Level
MessageSequenceNumber
296TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
In this UAM, traffic to the DPC is prohibited. Possible causes are all routes to this DPC are unavailable, or adjacent point code signaling link failures or non-adjacent failures in the route.
Recovery procedures include the following:1. Enter the rept-stat-rte command using the DPC specified in the output message to determine which linkset has a problem.2. Enter the rept-stat-ls command using the linkset name specified from the output of step 1 to determine which link(s) could have a problem.3. Use local procedures to test the link facilities.
296
Output Message Format / UAM
Output Message for Unsolicited Alarm Message 0313
RLGHNC0101X 09-02-21 13:30:59 EST Rel XX.X.X
CLLI Date Time Time Zone Release Number
*C 0015 0313 *C DPC 220-013-002 DPC is prohibited LSN=AT007438
MessageSequenceNumber
UnsolicitedAlarmMessage
AffectedDevice
MessageAlarmLevel
AlarmLevel
297TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
297
Learning Activities
298TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Selected exercises:Exercise 6: IMT FaultExercise 7: Terminal FaultExercise 8: Clock Fault-1Exercise 9: Clock Fault-2Exercise 10: Link Fault-1Exercise 11: Link Fault-2Exercise 12: Link Fault-3Exercise 13: Link Fault-4Exercise 14: Card FaultExercise 15: Database Problem-1Exercise 16: Database Problem-2Exercise 17: Database Problem-3
298
Learning Activities: 6 - 16
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE STP Maintenance Manual, STP, and user interface for system fault analysis and resolution.After completing these exercises, the student will be able to identify, analyze, and correct various faults.Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• EAGLE STP Maintenance Manual• EAGLE STP Commands Manual
299TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
299
Learning Activity 6: IMT Bus Fault
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolutionAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:• Identify, analyze and correct IMT Bus faults
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual• EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual
300TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 6: IMT Bus faultAssignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command.
2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions.
What message reference number(s) is indicated?
Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number?
What is the fault message?
What device is affected?
3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results.
Assignment B • Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.
301TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
301
Learning Activity 7:Terminal Fault
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolutionAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:• Identify, analyze and correct a Terminal fault
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual• EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual
302TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 7: Terminal FaultAssignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command.
2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions.
What message reference number(s) is indicated?
Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number?
What is the fault message?
What device is affected?
3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results.
Assignment B • Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.
303TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
303
Learning Activity 8: Clock Fault -1
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolutionAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:• Identify, analyze and correct a Clock fault
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual• EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual
304TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 8: Clock Fault-1Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command.
2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions.
What message reference number(s) is indicated?
Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number?
What is the fault message?
What device is affected?
3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results.
Assignment B • Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.
305TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
305
Learning Activity 9: Clock Fault -2
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolutionAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:• Identify, analyze and correct a Clock fault
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual• EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual
306TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 9: Clock Fault-2Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command.
2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions.
What message reference number(s) is indicated?
Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number?
What is the fault message?
What device is affected?
3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results. Assignment B • Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.
307TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
307
Learning Activity 10: Link Fault-1
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolutionAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:• Identify, analyze and correct a Link fault
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual• EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual
308TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 10: Link Fault-1Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command.
2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions.
What message reference number(s) is indicated?
Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number?
What is the fault message?
What device is affected?
3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results.
Assignment B • Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.
309TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
309
Learning Activity 11: Link Fault-2
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolutionAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:• Identify, analyze and correct a Link fault
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual• EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual
310TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 11: Link Fault-2Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command.2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze
the fault, answering the following questions.
What message reference number(s) is indicated?
Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number?
What is the fault message?
What device is affected?
3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results.
Assignment B • Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.
311TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
311
Learning Activity 12: Link Fault-3
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolutionAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:• Identify, analyze and correct a Link fault
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual• EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual
312TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 12: Link Fault-3Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command.
2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions.
What message reference number(s) is indicated?
Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number?
What is the fault message?
What device is affected?
3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results.
Assignment B • Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.
313TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
313
Learning Activity 13: Link Fault-4
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolutionAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:• Identify, analyze and correct a Link fault
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual• EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual
314TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 13: Link Fault-4Assignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command.2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze
the fault, answering the following questions.
What message reference number(s) is indicated?
Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number?
What is the fault message?
What device is affected?
3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results.
Assignment B • Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.
315TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
315
Learning Activity 14: Card Fault
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolutionAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:• Identify, analyze and correct a Card fault
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual• EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual
316TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 14: Card FaultAssignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command.
2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions.
What message reference number(s) is indicated?
Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number?
What is the fault message?
What device is affected?
3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results.
Assignment B • Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.
317TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
317
Learning Activity 15: Database Problem-1
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolutionAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:• Identify, analyze and correct a Database fault
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual• EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual
318TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 15: Database Problem - RepairAssignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command.
2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions.
What message reference number(s) is indicated?
Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number?
What is the fault message?
What device is affected?
3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results.
Assignment B • Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.
319TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
319
Learning Activity 16: Database Problem-2
Provides hands-on practice in using the EAGLE Maintenance and Commands Manuals and user interface for system fault analysis and resolutionAfter completing this exercise, you will be able to:• Identify, analyze and correct a Database fault
Materials, Equipment, and References• EAGLE STP• EAGLE STP Interface Terminal• Anti-Static Wrist Strap• EAGLE 5 STP Maintenance Manual• EAGLE 5 STP Commands Manual
320TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Learning Activity 16: Database Problem - Removable DiskAssignment A 1. Login to the system, and use the rept-stat-trbl command.
2. Use available materials and equipment (classroom and/or laboratory) to analyze the fault, answering the following questions.
What message reference number(s) is indicated?
Which manual lists the meaning of this message reference number?
What is the fault message?
What device is affected?
3. Write the command(s) or steps to clear this fault and verify the results.
Assignment B • Utilizing the analysis from Assignment A, clear all faults and verify the results.
321TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
321
•Answer the questions to the best of your ability.•We will review all answers as a group.
Check Your Learning
322TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Module 7 Review
1. A __________ must be used to test the FAP diode boards.
2. The 3 amp fuse has a _________ flag.
3. Fan filters should be replaced every _______ days.
4. Name five ways of visually verifying alarms.1. ________________________________________________________2. ________________________________________________________3. ________________________________________________________4. ________________________________________________________5. ________________________________________________________
5. The FAP has visual alarms. What other card has LEDs for critical, major, and minor alarms?
6. Which manual contains the EAGLE 5 STP card replacement procedures?__________________________________________________________
7. The resistance of a good wrist strap should be between _______Kohms and ________ Kohms.
8. List the command used to test ITU signaling links ____________________.
9. List the command used only in ANSI to test signaling links _____________.
10.What is the EAGLE manual that describes the troubleshooting steps to clear an alarm? _________________________________________________
323TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
323
Final Course Evaluation
Tekelec Course Evaluations are tools that help us maintain the quality of our training programs.
Please complete the form and return it to your instructor upon completion of the course.
Thank You!
324TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Student Notes
325TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
325
Appendix A – EAGLE 5 STP Features
The following pages contain details of some of the EAGLE5 STP features related to database configuration.
326TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
326
6-Way Loadsharing on Routesets Feature
The EAGLE 5 STP allows up to 6 routes to be established to a single destination. Currently only 2 of the 6 routes are allowed to loadshare traffic.The 6-Way Loadsharing on Routesets feature will remove this limitation and allows loadsharing across all 6 routes to a destination.It is recommended 2 cost groups be used when using this feature. • One cost group could utilize 4 routes with a cost of 10• One cost group could utlilize 2 routes with a cost of 20
•The 6-way loadsharing on routesets feature is a control feature and is activated by FAK 893-1098-01
327TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
•In this example the 6-way loadsharing feature has been activated as well as the multiple linkset feature.•When a message needs to be transmitted from MCS1 to MSC2, STP A may send the messages across 3 linksets to STP C or 3 linksets to STP D. The first 2 linksets to each STP have the relative cost (rc) value of 10. The last linkset to each STP has a rc of 20.•An example configuration for STP A using the 6-way loadsharing feature could be:
•ent-dstn:dpcn=0143:lsn=stpC1:rc=10•ent-dstn:dpcn=0143:lsn=stpC2:rc=10•ent-dstn:dpcn=0143:lsn=stpC3:rc=20•ent-dstn:dpcn=0143:lsn=stpD1:rc=10•ent-dstn:dpcn=0143:lsn=stpD2:rc=10•ent-dstn:dpcn=0143:lsn=stpD3:rc=20
•The example above would also apply to STP B
327
6-Way Loadsharing ExamplePCI 1-140-1
PCN 0141
PCN 0142
PCI 1-140-2
STP D
0143
PCI 1-1-1
PCN 1001
MSC1
PCN 1002
PCI 1-1-2
STP A
STP B
STP C
MSC 2
1003
lsn=stpD1 rc=10
TRANSIT21
01441004
TRANSIT Voice Trunks
lsn=stpD2 rc=10lsn=stpD3 rc=20
lsn=stpC1 rc=10lsn=stpC2 rc=10lsn=stpC3 rc=20
328TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
328
Point Code Features
Several point code enhancements have been implemented to support the needs of both ANSI and ITU networks. Some of these are listed below:• Multiple Point Code feature (Release 26.05)• ITU Duplicate Point Code feature (Release 26.05)• ITU International and National Spare Point Code feature
(Release 34.0)• Proxy Point Code feature (Release 37.5)
You must purchase a feature before you turn the feature on.If you are not sure if a feature has been purchased, contact your Tekelec Sales Representative or Account Representative.
329TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Details concerning this feature may be found in the “Previously Released Features” Manual of the current Release software.
329
Multiple Point Code Feature
Prior to this feature, the EAGLE only supported three true point codes, one each of ANSI, ITU-I and ITU-NThis feature adds the ability to provision up to 40 Secondary Point Codes (SPCs) in addition to the previous 3 true point codes to support:• Customers who desire to collapse multiple existing STP
pairs into one EAGLE STP pair• Customers who want to deploy a single STP pair in
multiple ITU national networks• Customers who require more than 16 links between the
EAGLE and the far end signaling node may deploy additional linksets with this feature if the far end signaling node supports multiple point codes
• The Secondary Point Code is identified by the spc, spci, spcn, spcn24 parameter of the ent-spc command
330TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Details concerning this feature may be found in the “Previously Released Features” Manual of the current Release software.
330
ITU Duplicate Point Code Feature
The ITU Duplicate Point Code feature allows an EAGLE 5 STP mated pair to route traffic for two or more countries that are using identical point code values for network signaling nodes.Requirements for this feature are:• Users must divide their ITU-National destinations into
groups which will likely be on a by country basis • No duplicate point codes are allowed within a group• ITU-National traffic from a group must be destined for a
point code within the same group• The user must assign a unique two-letter group code to
each group
331TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Details concerning this feature may be found in the “Previously Released Features” Manual of the current Release software.
331ITU International and National Spare Point Code Feature
The EAGLE 5 STP ITU International / National Spare Point Code feature allows a network operator to use the same Point Codes across two networks, either ITU-I or ITU-NBoth ITU spare and non-spare point code traffic may be routed over the same linkset by using the nis parameter of the ent-ls/chg-ls commandsThe Spare Point Code would be entered using the ent-dstn command and identified with s- preceding the point code value
332TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Details concerning this feature may be found in the “Database Administration-SS7” Manual of the current Release software.
332
Proxy Point Code Feature
This feature allows the EAGLE 5 STP to assume the point codes of other nodes in order to ease the migration of deploying an STP in a network with direct-connect links into other networks.A maximum of 100 Proxy Point Codes may be added to the EAGLE 5 STP configuration which are added in groups of ten by Tekelec part numbers.
333TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
If available, the EAGLE 5 STP always uses the most preferred route. For example, a DPC+OPC route (1) with a rc=20 is preferred over a DPC+SI route (4) with a rc=20.The Origin-based Routing feature introduces the following concepts:
•CIC handling•Network management and exception rules•Congestion handling•Circular route detection•Gateway nodes•SCCP handling
The ent-rtx command is also used with this feature. This command enters up 6 exception routes that have the same DPC, exception class and criteria.
Further information on this feature and associated concepts can be found in the Database Administration SS7 manual.
333
Origin-based MTP Routing Feature
The origin-based MTP routing feature allows traffic to be routed to the same destination through different networks, depending on the origin of messagesThis feature uses the following route types in this order of preference:
1. DPC+OPC (processed first)2. DPC+originating linkset3. DPC+CIC4. DPC+SI5. DPC (processed last)
The DPC of a route coupled with an exception route class and exception route criteria creates a new destination for the route and also creates an new entry in the EAGLE 5 STP routing table.
334TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
334
True Point Code & Secondary Point Code
What is called the True Point Code of an Eagle is the Point Code defined in the SID table:• CHG-SID:PCN=1000• 1000 is called the True National Point Code of the Eagle STP• Note: With the control feature Spare PC, it is also possible to add a
Spare True Point Code to the STP into the SID table
What are called Secondary Point Code are the Point Codes of the Eagle defined in the SPC table (up to 40):• ENT-SPC:SPCN=1001• 1001 is a Secondary National Point Code of the Eagle STP• Secondary Point Code can be defined only when the Multiple Point
Code feature (MPC) is on
335TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
335
Multiple Point Code Feature
The MPC feature is used to add the possibility to create up to 40 Secondary Point Codes which also identify the Eagle
With this feature it is possible to create different linksets to go to the same destination (but not the same Point Code) to extend the limit of 16 links into a linkset• The limitation is that the destination shall also support
Multiple Point Code capability
336TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
336
Multiple Point Code Feature: Example 1
TPC 1000SPC 1001SPC 1002
2000LS1 16 links
LS2 16 links
LS3 16 links20012002
MSCSTP
For example the creation of LS2 :• ENT-SPC:SPCN=1001• ENT-DSTN:DPCN=2001:SPCN=1001• ENT-LS:LSN=LS2:LST=A:APCN=2001
337TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
337
Multiple Point Code Feature: Example 2
TPC 1000 2000LS1 16 links
LS2 16 linksLS3 16 links
20012002
MSCSTP
If MPC is not activated on the Eagle but the Multiple Point Code capability is available on the adjacent node
338TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
338
Multiple Point Code Feature: Example 3
Replacement of a pair of STPs by a new pair of Eagle STPs without changing routing table in the SSP’s old configuration
1000310004 10005
1000
Old Configuration
SSP
1000410006
1000
SSP
10005
New Configuration
339TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
339
Duplicate Point Code
This feature is combined with the feature Multiple Point Code
With this feature an Eagle STP can communicate with equipment with the same point code in 2 different networks
When this feature is activated a suffix of 2 letters is added to all the point codes already configured (aa by default). For example 10003-aa
Another suffix can then be added to separate linksets of 2 different networks with the same point code
340TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
340
Duplicate Point Code Example
10003-aa10003-ab
10002-aa
1000-aa
STP
10002-ab
1000-ab
STP
341TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
341
Multiple Linksets to Single APC
The limitation of MPC is solved since the R37.5 with the control feature Multiple Linksets to Single APC (MPL)
This feature can be activated only if MPC is activated because MPL also use secondary point codes which are representing the Eagle
MPL gives the possibility to create up to 6 linksets to the same destination point code
342TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
342
Multiple Linksets to Single APC
2000
LS1 16 links
LS2 16 linksLS3 16 links
MSCSTP
TPC 1000SPC 1001SPC 1002
For example the creation of LS2 :• ENT-SPC:SPCN=1001• ENT-DSTN:DPCN=2000• ENT-LS:LSN=LS2:LST=A:APCN=2000:SPCN=1001
343TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
343
Multiple Linksets to Single APC
It is always possible to associate a destination with a secondary point code instead of associating a linkset with a secondary point code• Both are exclusives for the same SPC• If only a SPC is associated to a destination the TPC will
never be used for any linkset go to this destination
The same SPC can be used for different destinations/linksets
344TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
344
Multiple Linksets to Single APC
The MPL feature brings some new constraints regarding the Network Management messages
When a message has to be sent to a destination served by multiple linkset, we have to have a method to define how the message will be sent and from which OPC the message will be sent. 2 examples:• Changeover (COO MSU)• Transfer Prohibited (TFP MSU)
345TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
345
Multiple Linksets to Single APC: COO MSU
Example of NM: A COO is sent on a link into LS2:• OPC of COO is SPC of LS2 if exists : 1002• Otherwise OPC of COO is SPC of MSC if exists• Otherwise OPC of COO is TPC of STP : 1000
2000LS1 RC=10
MSCSTP
TPC 1000LS SPC 1001LS SPC 1002
COO
LS2 RC=10
346TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
346
Multiple Linksets to Single APC: COO MSU
Example of NM: A COO is sent on a link into LS2:• OPC of COO is SPC of LS2 if exists : N/A• Otherwise OPC of COO is SPC of MSC if exists : 1002• Otherwise OPC of COO is TPC of STP : 1000
2000LS1 RC=10
MSCSTP
TPC 1000SPC 1001
DSTN SPC 1002
COO
LS2 RC=10
347TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
347
Multiple Linksets to Single APC: TFP MSU
Example of NM: 3 TFPs are sent when LS0 fails:• TFP1 on LS1 with OPC=1000, DPC=2000 and DSTSP=500• TFP2 on LS2 with OPC=1001, DPC=2000 and DSTSP=500• TFP3 on LS1 with OPC=1002, DPC=2000 and DSTSP=500
2000LS1 RC=10 MSC2STP
TPC 1000SPC 1001SPC 1002
MSC1
500 LS2 RC=10
LS3 RC=20
LS0
TFP1
TFP2
TFP3
348TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
348
Proxy Point Codes
Proxy Point Code control feature is used for a smooth migration of the network
GMSC A GMSC B
Home Network
Foreign Network
GMSC A GMSC B
Standard Migration
GMSC A GMSC B
STP C
Migration using Proxy PC
STP C
Linkset AB
Linkset AC Linkset CB
Linkset AB Linkset CBProxy Linkset
349TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
349
Proxy Point Codes
A Proxy Point Code could be:• ANSI, ITU-N, ITU-I, ITU-N Spare, ITU-I Spare, ITU-N24
Private Proxy point code are excludedOnly A-linkset types can be a proxy linksetLink supported:• LSL, ATM HSL, SE-HSL, M2PA• IPGW link or SUA are not supported
Support up to 100 Proxy Point Code
350TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
350
Proxy Point Code Example
Simple example
GMSC A GMSC BLinkset AB Linkset CB
STP C
PCN 111 C=True PCN=123 PC 222
BC
B=Proxy PCN=222
chg-sid:pcn=123:clli=STPCinit-sys
ent-dstn:dpcn=222:prx=yesent-dstn:dpcn=111:ppcn=222
ent-ls:lsn=LinksetAB:apc=111:lst=prx:ppcn=222ent-ls:lsn=LinksetCB:apcn=222:lst=a
ent-card:loc=1101:type=lime1:appl=ccs7itu ent-slk:loc=1101:link=a:lsn=LinksetAB:slc=0…
ent-slk:loc=1101:link=a1:lsn=LinksetCB:slc=0…ent-rte:dpcn=111:lsn=LinksetAB:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=222:lsn=LinksetCB:rc=10
Proxy Linkset
351TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
351
Proxy Point Codes
Network management and test messages sent to GMSC A (111) will have the PPC as OPC (222)
All Network management and network test (SI=0, 1, 2) messages from the Adjacent Node of a Proxy Linkset, with a DPC of the Proxy Point Code shall be processed by the EAGLE 5 STP as if the DPC was the EAGLE 5 STP
All other messages from the Adjacent Node of a Proxy Linkset shall be handled as the STP normally processes MSUs (e.g.: routed to the DPC)
352TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
352
Proxy Point Code Example
Multiple APC and multiple Proxy PC
GMSC A GMSC BLinkset AB Linkset CB
STP C
PCN 111 C=True PCN=123 PC 222
BC
B=Proxy PCN=222
Proxy Linksets
GMSC D
PCN 1111
GMSC E
PC 2222
E
Linkset DE
E=Proxy PCN=2222
chg-sid:pcn=123:clli=STPCinit-sys
ent-dstn:dpcn=222:prx=yesent-dstn:dpcn=2222:prx=yesent-dstn:dpc=111:ppcn=222
ent-dstn:dpc=1111:ppcn=2222ent-ls:lsn=LinksetAB:apcn=111:lst=prx:ppcn=222
ent-ls:lsn=LinksetDE:apcn=1111:lst=prx:ppcn=2222ent-ls:lsn=LinksetCB:apcn=222:lst=a ent-ls:lsn=LinksetCE:apcn=2222:lst=a
Linkset CE
353TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
353
Proxy Point Code Example
Multiple APC and to Proxy PC
GMSC A GMSC BLinkset AB Linkset CB
STP C
PCN 111 C=True PCN=123 PC 222
BC
B=Proxy PCN=222
Proxy Linksets
GMSC D
PCN 1111
Linkset D
E
chg-sid:pcn=123:clli=STPCinit-sys
ent-dstn:dpcn=222:prx=yesent-dstn:dpc=111:ppcn=222
ent-dstn:dpc=1111:ppcn=222ent-ls:lsn=LinksetAB:apcn=111:lst=prx:ppcn=222
ent-ls:lsn=LinksetDE:apcn=1111:lst=prx:ppcn=222ent-ls:lsn=LinksetCB:apcn=222:lst=a
UP to 10 Linkset can be created using the same PPC
354TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
354
Proxy Point Code Limitations
Limitations:• A Point Code defined with the parameter PRX into the
DSTN table can’t be entered into:- GTA tables (A translated PC can’t be a Proxy PC)- MRN and MAP tables- GSM Map Screening tables for the action forward, duplicate and
dupdisc
355TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
355Multiple Linksets to Single Adjacent Point Codes
The Multiple Linksets to Single Adjacent Point Codes (MLS) feature allows linksets to be established from up to six point codes on the EAGLE 5 STP to a single point code on an adjacent node.The ANSI 5-to-8 bit SLS conversion is extended to support 4-to-8 bit SLS conversion for ITU MSUs for even load distribution. This conversion is only used for traffic distribution and is not included in the outgoing MSU for ITU messages.The MPC feature must be enabled for MLS to work.Only two linksets can have the same routing cost.
356TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
356
Appendix B – Database Creation
The following pages contain the data necessary to complete Module 5’s Learning Activities.Select the data that corresponds to the assigned equipment.
357TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
401.03 Clayton STP SS7 Configuration
chg-sid:cpc=240-12-0:clli=claync0100W:pc=240-12-2init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200ent-card:loc=1201:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1203:type=limt1:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1205:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1207:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1211:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1213:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-dstn:dpc=220-13-0:clli=dalhucpc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-1:clli=dallastx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-2:clli=hubardtx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-5:clli=tandemtx:bei=yesent-dstn:dpc=240-12-1:clli=rlghnc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-3:clli=apexnc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-4:clli=wilsonnc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-5:clli=bensonnc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-6:clli=carync:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-7:clli=fuquaync:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-8:clli=dunnnc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-9:clli=tandemnc:bei=noent-ls:lsn=apexls:lst=A:apc=240-12-3:bei=noent-ls:lsn=wilsonls:lst=A:apc=240-12-4:bei=noent-ls:lsn=bensonls:lst=A:apc=240-12-5:bei=noent-ls:lsn=caryls:lst=A:apc=240-12-6:bei=noent-ls:lsn=fuquayls:lst=A:apc=240-12-7:bei=noent-ls:lsn=dunnls:lst=A:apc=240-12-8:bei=noent-ls:lsn=tandemls:lst=A:apc=240-12-9:bei=noent-ls:lsn=rlghncls:lst=C:apc=240-12-1:bei=noent-ls:lsn=dallasls:lst=D:apc=220-13-1:bei=noent-ls:lsn=hubardls:lst=D:apc=220-13-2:bei=noent-t1:loc=1203:t1port=1:t1tsel=line
358TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
401.03 Clayton STP SS7 Configuration cont’d
ent-slk:loc=1201:link =A:lsn=rlghncls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1201:link =B:lsn=apexls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1203:link =A:lsn=wilsonls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1ent-slk:loc=1203:link =B:lsn=bensonls:slc=0:ts=2:t1port=1ent-slk:loc=1205:link =A:lsn=caryls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1205:link =B:lsn=fuquayls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1207:link =A:lsn=dunnls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1207:link =B:lsn=tandemls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1211: link =A:lsn=dallasls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1213: link= A:lsn=hubardls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1213:link =B:lsn=rlghncls:slc=1ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=dallasls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=hubardls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=hubardls:rc=20ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=dallasls:rc=20ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=dallasls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=hubardls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-3:lsn=apexls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-3:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-4:lsn=wilsonls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-4:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-5:lsn=bensonls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-5:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-6:lsn=caryls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-6:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30
359TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
401.03 Clayton STP SS7 Configuration cont’d
ent-rte:dpc=240-12-7:lsn=fuquayls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-7:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-8:lsn=dunnls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-8:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=tandemls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=rlghncls:rc=30alw-card:loc=1201alw-card:loc=1203alw-card:loc=1205alw-card:loc=1207alw-card:loc=1211alw-card:loc=1213act-slk:loc=1201:link =Aact-slk:loc=1201:link =Bact-slk:loc=1203:link =Aact-slk:loc=1203:link =Bact-slk:loc=1205:link =Aact-slk:loc=1205:link =Bact-slk:loc=1207:link =Aact-slk:loc=1207:link =Bact-slk:loc=1211:link =Aact-slk:loc=1213:link =Aact-slk:loc=1213:link =B
360TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
401.12 Raleigh STP SS7 Configuration
chg-sid:cpc=240-12-0:clli=claync0100W:pc=240-12-1init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200ent-card:loc=1201:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1203:type=limt1:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1205:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1207:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1211:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1213:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-dstn:dpc=220-13-0:clli=dalhucpc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-1:clli=dallastx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-2:clli=hubardtx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-5:clli=tandemtx:bei=yesent-dstn:dpc=240-12-2:clli=claync:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-3:clli=apexnc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-4:clli=wilsonnc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-5:clli=bensonnc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-6:clli=carync:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-7:clli=fuquaync:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-8:clli=dunnnc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-9:clli=tandemnc:bei=noent-ls:lsn=apexls:lst=A:apc=240-12-3:bei=noent-ls:lsn=wilsonls:lst=A:apc=240-12-4:bei=noent-ls:lsn=bensonls:lst=A:apc=240-12-5:bei=noent-ls:lsn=caryls:lst=A:apc=240-12-6:bei=noent-ls:lsn=fuquayls:lst=A:apc=240-12-7:bei=noent-ls:lsn=dunnls:lst=A:apc=240-12-8:bei=noent-ls:lsn=tandemls:lst=A:apc=240-12-9:bei=noent-ls:lsn=clayncls:lst=C:apc=240-12-1:bei=noent-ls:lsn=dallasls:lst=D:apc=220-13-1:bei=noent-ls:lsn=hubardls:lst=D:apc=220-13-2:bei=noent-t1:loc=1203:t1port=1:t1tsel=line
361TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
401.12 Raleigh STP SS7 Configuration cont’d
ent-slk:loc=1201:link =A:lsn=clayncls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1201:link =B:lsn=apexls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1203:link =A:lsn=wilsonls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1ent-slk:loc=1203:link =B:lsn=bensonls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1ent-slk:loc=1205:link =A:lsn=caryls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1205:link =B:lsn=fuquayls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1207:link =A:lsn=dunnls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1207:link =B:lsn=tandemls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1211: link =A:lsn=dallasls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1213: link= A:lsn=hubardls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1213:link =B:lsn=clayncls:slc=1ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=dallasls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=hubardls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=clayncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=hubardls:rc=20ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=clayncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=dallasls:rc=20ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=clayncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=dallasls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=hubardls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=clayncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=clayncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-3:lsn=apexls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-3:lsn=clayncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-4:lsn=wilsonls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-4:lsn=clayncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-5:lsn=bensonls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-5:lsn=clayncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-6:lsn=caryls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-6:lsn=clayncls:rc=30
362TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
401.12 Raleigh STP SS7 Configuration cont’d
ent-rte:dpc=240-12-7:lsn=fuquayls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-7:lsn=clayncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-8:lsn=dunnls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-8:lsn=clayncls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=tandemls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=clayncls:rc=30alw-card:loc=1201alw-card:loc=1203alw-card:loc=1205alw-card:loc=1207alw-card:loc=1211alw-card:loc=1213act-slk:loc=1201:link =Aact-slk:loc=1201:link =Bact-slk:loc=1203:link =Aact-slk:loc=1203:link =Bact-slk:loc=1205:link =Aact-slk:loc=1205:link =Bact-slk:loc=1207:link =Aact-slk:loc=1207:link =Bact-slk:loc=1211:link =Aact-slk:loc=1213:link =Aact-slk:loc=1213:link =B
363TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
402.02 Dallas STP SS7 Configuration
chg-sid:cpc=220-13-0:clli=dalstx0100W:pc=220-13-1init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200ent-card:loc=1201:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1203:type=limt1:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1205:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1207:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1211:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1213:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-dstn:dpc=190-12-0:clli=denslkcpc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-1:clli=dnvrco0300w:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-2:clli=slakut0100w:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-9:clli=tandcout:bei=yesent-dstn:dpc=220-13-2:clli=hubtx0100w:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-3:clli=allentx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-4:clli=wacotx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-5:clli=tandemtx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-6:clli=crawfordtx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-7:clli=ftworthtx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-0:clli=ralclanccpc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-1:clli=rlghnc0100w:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-2:clli=claync0100w:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-9:clli=tandemnc:bei=yesent-ls:lsn=denvrls:lst=B:apc=190-12-1:bei=noent-ls:lsn=saltlkls:lst=B:apc=190-12-2:bei=noent-ls:lsn=hubardls:lst=C:apc=220-13-2:bei=noent-ls:lsn=allenls:lst=A:apc=220-13-3:bei=noent-ls:lsn=wacols:lst=A:apc=220-13-4:bei=noent-ls:lsn=tandemls:lst=A:apc=220-13-5:bei=noent-ls:lsn=crawfdls:lst=A:apc=220-13-6:bei=noent-ls:lsn=ftwrthls:lst=A:apc=220-13-7:bei=noent-ls:lsn=ralncls:lst=B:apc=240-12-1:bei=noent-ls:lsn=clayncls:lst=B:apc=240-12-2:bei=noent-t1:loc=1203:t1port=1:t1tsel=line
364TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
402.02 Dallas STP SS7 Configuration cont’d
ent-slk:loc=1201:link =A:lsn=hubardls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1201:link =B:lsn=ftwrthls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1203:link =A:lsn=crawfdls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1ent-slk:loc=1203:link =B:lsn=wacols:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1ent-slk:loc=1205:link =A:lsn=allenls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1205:link =B:lsn=denvrls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1207:link =A:lsn=saltlkls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1207:link =B:lsn=ralncls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1211: link =A:lsn=clayncls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1213: link= A:lsn=tandemls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1213:link =B:lsn=hubardls:slc=1ent-rte:dpc=190-12-0:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-0:lsn=denvrls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-0:lsn=hubardls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=denvrls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=hubardls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=denvrls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=denvrls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=hubardls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-3:lsn=allenls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-3:lsn=hubardls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-4:lsn=wacols:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-4:lsn=hubardls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=tandemls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=hubardls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-6:lsn=crawfdls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-6:lsn=hubardls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-7:lsn=ftwrthls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-7:lsn=hubardls:rc=30
365TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
402.02 Dallas STP SS7 Configuration cont’d
ent-rte:dpc=240-12-0:lsn=ralncls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-0:lsn=clayncls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-0:lsn=hubardls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=ralncls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=clayncls:rc=20ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=hubardls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=ralncls:rc=20ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=clayncls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=ralncls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=clayncls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=hubardls:rc=30alw-card:loc=1201alw-card:loc=1203alw-card:loc=1205alw-card:loc=1207alw-card:loc=1211alw-card:loc=1213act-slk:loc=1201:link =Aact-slk:loc=1201:link =Bact-slk:loc=1203:link =Aact-slk:loc=1203:link =Bact-slk:loc=1205:link =Aact-slk:loc=1205:link =Bact-slk:loc=1207:link =Aact-slk:loc=1207:link =Bact-slk:loc=1211:link =Aact-slk:loc=1213:link =Aact-slk:loc=1213:link =B
366TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
402.12 Hubbard STP SS7 Configuration
chg-sid:cpc=220-13-0:clli=hubdtx0100W:pc=220-13-2init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200ent-card:loc=1201:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1203:type=limt1:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1205:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1207:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1211:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1213:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-dstn:dpc=190-12-0:clli=denslkcpc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-1:clli=dnvrco0300w:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-2:clli=slakut0100w:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-9:clli=tandcout:bei=yesent-dstn:dpc=220-13-1:clli=dalstx0100w:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-3:clli=allentx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-4:clli=wacotx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-5:clli=tandemtx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-6:clli=crawfordtx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-7:clli=ftworthtx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-0:clli=ralclanccpc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-1:clli=rlghnc0100w:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-2:clli=claync0100w:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=240-12-9:clli=tandemnc:bei=yesent-ls:lsn=denvrls:lst=B:apc=190-12-1:bei=noent-ls:lsn=saltlkls:lst=B:apc=190-12-2:bei=noent-ls:lsn=dallasls:lst=C:apc=220-13-1:bei=noent-ls:lsn=allenls:lst=A:apc=220-13-3:bei=noent-ls:lsn=wacols:lst=A:apc=220-13-4:bei=noent-ls:lsn=tandemls:lst=A:apc=220-13-5:bei=noent-ls:lsn=crawfdls:lst=A:apc=220-13-6:bei=noent-ls:lsn=ftwrthls:lst=A:apc=220-13-7:bei=noent-ls:lsn=ralncls:lst=B:apc=240-12-1:bei=noent-ls:lsn=clayncls:lst=B:apc=240-12-2:bei=noent-t1:loc=1203:t1port=1:t1tsel=line
367TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
402.12 Hubbard STP SS7 Configuration cont’d
ent-slk:loc=1201:link =A:lsn=dallasls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1201:link =B:lsn=ftwrthls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1203:link =A:lsn=crawfdls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1203:link =B:lsn=wacols:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1205:link =A:lsn=allenls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1205:link =B:lsn=denvrls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1207:link =A:lsn=saltlkls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1207:link =B:lsn=ralncls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1211: link =A:lsn=clayncls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1213: link= A:lsn=tandemls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1213:link =B:lsn=dallasls:slc=1ent-rte:dpc=190-12-0:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-0:lsn=denvrls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-0:lsn=dallasls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=denvrls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=denvrls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=dallasls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=saltlkls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=denvrls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=dallasls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-3:lsn=allenls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-3:lsn=dallasls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-4:lsn=wacols:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-4:lsn=dallasls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=tandemls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=dallasls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-6:lsn=crawfdls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-6:lsn=dallasls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-7:lsn=ftwrthls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-7:lsn=dallasls:rc=30
368TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
402.12 Hubbard STP SS7 Configuration cont’d
ent-rte:dpc=240-12-0:lsn=ralncls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-0:lsn=clayncls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-0:lsn=dallasls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=ralncls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=clayncls:rc=20ent-rte:dpc=240-12-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=ralncls:rc=20ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=clayncls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-2:lsn=dallasls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=ralncls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=clayncls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=240-12-9:lsn=dallasls:rc=30alw-card:loc=1201alw-card:loc=1203alw-card:loc=1205alw-card:loc=1207alw-card:loc=1211alw-card:loc=1213act-slk:loc=1201:link =Aact-slk:loc=1201:link =Bact-slk:loc=1203:link =Aact-slk:loc=1203:link =Bact-slk:loc=1205:link =Aact-slk:loc=1205:link =Bact-slk:loc=1207:link =Aact-slk:loc=1207:link =Bact-slk:loc=1211:link =Aact-slk:loc=1213:link =Aact-slk:loc=1213:link =B
369TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
403.03 Denver STP SS7 Configuration
chg-sid:cpc=190-12-0:clli=dnvrco0300W:pc=190-12-1init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200ent-card:loc=1201:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1203:type=limt1:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1205:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1207:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1211:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1213:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-dstn:dpc=190-12-2:clli=slakut0300w:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-3:clli=puebloco:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-4:clli=durangoco:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-5:clli=boulderco:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-6:clli=vernalut:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-7:clli=ogdenut:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-8:clli=moabut:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-9:clli=tandemcout:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-0:clli=dalhubtxcpc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-1:clli=dallastx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-2:clli=hubbardtx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-3:clli=allentx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-5:clli=tandemtx:bei=noent-ls:lsn=slakels:lst=C:apc=190-12-2:bei=noent-ls:lsn=pueblols:lst=A:apc=190-12-3:bei=noent-ls:lsn=durangls:lst=A:apc=190-12-4:bei=noent-ls:lsn=bouldrls:lst=A:apc=190-12-5:bei=noent-ls:lsn=vernalls:lst=A:apc=190-12-6:bei=noent-ls:lsn=ogdenls:lst=A:apc=190-12-7:bei=noent-ls:lsn=moabls:lst=A:apc=190-12-8:bei=noent-ls:lsn=tandemls:lst=A:apc=190-12-9:bei=noent-ls:lsn=dallasls:lst=B:apc=220-13-1:bei=noent-ls:lsn=hubardls:lst=B:apc=220-13-2:bei=noent-t1:loc=1203:t1port=1:t1tsel=line
370TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
403.03 Denver STP SS7 Configuration cont’d
ent-slk:loc=1201:link =A:lsn=slakels:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1201:link =B:lsn=pueblols:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1203:link =A:lsn=durangls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1ent-slk:loc=1203:link =B:lsn=bouldrls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1ent-slk:loc=1205:link =A:lsn=vernalls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1205:link =B:lsn=ogdenls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1207:link =A:lsn=moabls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1207:link =B:lsn=tandemls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1211: link =A:lsn=dallasls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1213: link= A:lsn=hubardls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1213:link =B:lsn=slakels:slc=1ent-rte:dpc=190-12-2:lsn=slakels:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-3:lsn=pueblols:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-3:lsn=slakels:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-4:lsn=durangls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-4:lsn=slakels:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-5:lsn=bouldrls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-5:lsn=slakels:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-6:lsn=vernalls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-6:lsn=slakels:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-7:lsn=ogdenls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-7:lsn=slakels:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-8:lsn=moabls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-8:lsn=slakels:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=tandemls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=slakels:rc=30
371TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
403.03 Denver STP SS7 Configuration cont’d
ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=dallasls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=hubardls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=slakels:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=hubardls:rc=20ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=slakels:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=dallasls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=slakels:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=dallasls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=hubardls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=saltlkls:rc=30alw-card:loc=1201alw-card:loc=1203alw-card:loc=1205alw-card:loc=1207alw-card:loc=1211alw-card:loc=1213act-slk:loc=1201:link =Aact-slk:loc=1201:link =Bact-slk:loc=1203:link =Aact-slk:loc=1203:link =Bact-slk:loc=1205:link =Aact-slk:loc=1205:link =Bact-slk:loc=1207:link =Aact-slk:loc=1207:link =Bact-slk:loc=1211:link =Aact-slk:loc=1213:link =Aact-slk:loc=1213:link =B
372TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
403. 12 Salt Lake STP SS7 Configuration
chg-sid:cpc=190-12-0:clli=slakut0100W:pc=190-12-2init-sys ent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200ent-card:loc=1201:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1203:type=limt1:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1205:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1207:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1211:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-card:loc=1213:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansient-dstn:dpc=190-12-1:clli=denverco:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-3:clli=puebloco:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-4:clli=durangoco:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-5:clli=boulderco:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-6:clli=vernalut:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-7:clli=ogdenut:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-8:clli=moabut:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=190-12-9:clli=tandemcout:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-0:clli=dalhubtxcpc:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-1:clli=dallastx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-2:clli=hubbardtx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-3:clli=allentx:bei=noent-dstn:dpc=220-13-5:clli=tandemtx:bei=noent-ls:lsn=denverls:lst=C:apc=190-12-1:bei=noent-ls:lsn=pueblols:lst=A:apc=190-12-3:bei=noent-ls:lsn=durangls:lst=A:apc=190-12-4:bei=noent-ls:lsn=bouldrls:lst=A:apc=190-12-5:bei=noent-ls:lsn=vernalls:lst=A:apc=190-12-6:bei=noent-ls:lsn=ogdenls:lst=A:apc=190-12-7:bei=noent-ls:lsn=moabls:lst=A:apc=190-12-8:bei=noent-ls:lsn=tandemls:lst=A:apc=190-12-9:bei=noent-ls:lsn=dallasls:lst=B:apc=220-13-1:bei=noent-ls:lsn=hubardls:lst=B:apc=220-13-2:bei=noent-t1:loc=1203:t1port=1:t1tsel=line
373TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
403. 12 Salt Lake STP SS7 Configuration cont’d
ent-slk:loc=1201:link =A:lsn=denverls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1201:link =B:lsn=pueblols:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1203:link =A:lsn=durangls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1ent-slk:loc=1203:link =B:lsn=bouldrls:slc=0:ts=1:t1port=1ent-slk:loc=1205:link =A:lsn=vernalls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1205:link =B:lsn=ogdenls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1207:link =A:lsn=moabls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1207:link =B:lsn=tandemls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1211: link =A:lsn=dallasls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1213: link= A:lsn=hubardls:slc=0ent-slk:loc=1213:link =B:lsn=denverls:slc=1ent-rte:dpc=190-12-1:lsn=denverls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-3:lsn=pueblols:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-3:lsn=denverls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-4:lsn=durangls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-4:lsn=denverls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=190-12-5:lsn=bouldrls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-5:lsn=denverls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-6:lsn=vernalls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-6:lsn=denverls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-7:lsn=ogdenls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-7:lsn=denverls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-8:lsn=moabls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-8:lsn=denverls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=tandemls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=190-12-9:lsn=denverls:rc=30
374TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
403. 12 Salt Lake STP SS7 Configuration cont’d
ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=dallasls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=hubardls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-0:lsn=denverls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=dallasls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=hubardls:rc=20ent-rte:dpc=220-13-1:lsn=denverls:rc=30 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=dallasls:rc=20 ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=hubardls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-2:lsn=denverls:rc=30ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=dallasls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=hubardls:rc=10ent-rte:dpc=220-13-5:lsn=denverls:rc=30alw-card:loc=1201alw-card:loc=1203alw-card:loc=1205alw-card:loc=1207alw-card:loc=1211alw-card:loc=1213act-slk:loc=1201:link =Aact-slk:loc=1201:link =Bact-slk:loc=1203:link =Aact-slk:loc=1203:link =Bact-slk:loc=1205:link =Aact-slk:loc=1205:link =Bact-slk:loc=1207:link =Aact-slk:loc=1207:link =Bact-slk:loc=1211:link =Aact-slk:loc=1213:link =Aact-slk:loc=1213:link =B
375TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
UK Gatwick STP A Configuration
chg-sid:pci=1-0-2:clli=gatwick:pcn=10002:pci=1-0-2:pctype=otherinit-sysent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200ent-card:loc=1201:type=lime1:appl=ccs7ituent-card:loc=1203:type=lime1:appl=ccs7ituent-card:loc=1211:type=lime1:appl=ccs7ituent-dstn:dpci=1-0-3:clli=heathrowi:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=10003:clli=heathrown:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=1000:clli=smsc1:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=1001:clli=smsc2:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=1002:clli=smsc3:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=2000:clli=hlr1:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=2001:clli=hlr2:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=3000:clli=in1:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=3001:clli=in2:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=3002:clli=in3:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=3003:clli=in4:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=4001:clli=pp2:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=7000:clli=msc1:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=7001:clli=msc2:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gatheatn:lst=c:apcn=10003:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gatheati:lst=c:apci=1-0-3:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gatsmsc1:lst=a:apcn=1000:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gatsmsc2:lst=a:apcn=1001:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gatsmsc3:lst=a:apcn=1002:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gathlr1:lst=a:apcn=2000:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gathlr2:lst=a:apcn=2001:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gatin1:lst=a:apcn=3000:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gatin2:lst=a:apcn=3001:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gatin3:lst=a:apcn=3002:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gatin4:lst=a:apcn=3003:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gatpp2:lst=a:apcn=4001:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gatmsc1:lst=a:apcn=7000:bei=noent-ls:lsn=gatmsc2:lst=a:apcn=7001:bei=noent-e1:loc=1201:e1port=1:e1tsel=lineent-e1:loc=1203:e1port=1:e1tsel=lineent-e1:loc=1211:e1port=1:e1tsel=lineent-slk:loc=1201:link=a4:lsn=gathlr1:slc=0:ts=5:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a5:lsn=gathlr2:slc=0:ts=6:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a8:lsn=gatin1:slc=0:ts=9:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a9:lsn=gatin2:slc=0:ts=10:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a10:lsn=gatin3:slc=0:ts=11:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a11:lsn=gatin4:slc=0:ts=12:bps=64000:e1port=1
376TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
UK Gatwick STP A Configuration cont’d
ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a12:lsn=gatpp2:slc=0:ts=13:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a:lsn=gatsmsc1:slc=0:ts=1:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a1:lsn=gatsmsc2:slc=0:ts=2:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a2:lsn=gatsmsc3:slc=0:ts=3:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1211:link=a:lsn=gatheatn:slc=0:ts=1:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1211:link=a1:lsn=gatheati:slc=0:ts=2:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1203:link=a:lsn=gatmsc1:slc=1:ts=1:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1203:link=a1:lsn=gatmsc2:slc=1:ts=2:bps=64000:e1port=1 ent-rte:dpci=1-0-3:lsn=gatheati:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=1000:lsn=gatsmsc1:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=1001:lsn=gatsmsc2:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=1002:lsn=gatsmsc3:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=2000:lsn=gathlr1:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=2001:lsn=gathlr2:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=3000:lsn=gatin1:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=3001:lsn=gatin2:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=3002:lsn=gatin3:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=3003:lsn=gatin4:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=4001:lsn=gatpp2:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=7000:lsn=msc1:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=7001:lsn=msc2:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=10003:lsn=gatheatn:rc=30
377TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
UK Gatwick STP A Configuration cont’d
alw-card:loc=1201alw-card:loc=1203alw-card:loc=1211act-slk:loc=1201:link=Aact-slk:loc=1201:link=A1act-slk:loc=1201:link=A2act-slk:loc=1201:link=A4act-slk:loc=1201:link=A5act-slk:loc=1201:link=A8act-slk:loc=1201:link=A9act-slk:loc=1201:link=A10act-slk:loc=1201:link=A11act-slk:loc=1201:link=A12act-slk:loc=1203:link=Aact-slk:loc=1203:link=A1act-slk:loc=1211:link=Aact-slk:loc=1211:link=A1
378TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
UK Heathrow STP B Configuration
chg-sid:pci=1-0-3:clli=heathrow:pcn=10003:pci=1-0-3:pctype=otherinit-sysent-shlf:type=ext:loc=1200ent-card:loc=1201:type=lime1:appl=ccs7ituent-card:loc=1203:type=lime1:appl=ccs7ituent-card:loc=1211:type=lime1:appl=ccs7ituent-dstn:dpci=1-0-2:clli=gatwicki:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=10002:clli=gatwickn:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=1000:clli=smsc1:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=1001:clli=smsc2:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=1002:clli=smsc3:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=2000:clli=hlr1:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=2001:clli=hlr2:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=3000:clli=in1:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=3001:clli=in2:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=3002:clli=in3:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=3003:clli=in4:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=4001:clli=pp2:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=7000:clli=msc1:bei=noent-dstn:dpcn=7001:clli=msc2:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heatgatn:lst=c:apcn=10002:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heatgati:lst=c:apci=1-0-2:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heatsmsc1:lst=a:apcn=1000:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heatsmsc2:lst=a:apcn=1001:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heatsmsc3:lst=a:apcn=1002:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heathlr1:lst=a:apcn=2000:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heathlr2:lst=a:apcn=2001:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heatin1:lst=a:apcn=3000:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heatin2:lst=a:apcn=3001:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heatin3:lst=a:apcn=3002:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heatin4:lst=a:apcn=3003:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heatpp2:lst=a:apcn=4001:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heatmsc1:lst=a:apcn=7000:bei=noent-ls:lsn=heatmsc2:lst=a:apcn=7001:bei=noent-e1:loc=1201:e1port=1:e1tsel=lineent-e1:loc=1203:e1port=1:e1tsel=lineent-e1:loc=1211:e1port=1:e1tsel=line
379TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
UK Heathrow STP B Configuration cont’d
ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a4:lsn=heathlr1:slc=0:ts=5:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a5:lsn=heathlr2:slc=0:ts=6:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a8:lsn=heatin1:slc=0:ts=9:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a9:lsn=heatin2:slc=0:ts=10:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a10:lsn=heatin3:slc=0:ts=11:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a11:lsn=heatin4:slc=0:ts=12:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a12:lsn=heatpp2:slc=0:ts=13:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a:lsn=heatsmsc1:slc=0:ts=1:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a1:lsn=heatsmsc2:slc=0:ts=2:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1201:link=a2:lsn=heatsmsc3:slc=0:ts=3:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1211:link=a:lsn=heatgatn:slc=0:ts=1:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1211:link=a1:lsn=heatgati:slc=0:ts=2:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1203:link=a:lsn=heatmsc1:slc=1:ts=1:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-slk:loc=1203:link=a1:lsn=heatmsc2:slc=1:ts=2:bps=64000:e1port=1ent-rte:dpci=1-0-2:lsn=heatgati:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=10002:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=1000:lsn=heatsmsc1:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=1000:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=1001:lsn=heatsmsc2:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=1001:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=1002:lsn=heatsmsc3:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=1002:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=2000:lsn=heathlr1:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=2000:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=2001:lsn=heathlr2:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=2001:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=3000:lsn=heatin1:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=3000:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=3001:lsn=heatin2:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=3001:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=3002:lsn=heatin3:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=3002:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=3003:lsn=heatin4:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=3003:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=4001:lsn=heatpp2:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=4001:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=7000:lsn=heatmsc1:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=7000:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30ent-rte:dpcn=7001:lsn=heatmsc2:rc=10ent-rte:dpcn=7001:lsn=heatgatn:rc=30
380TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
UK Heathrow STP B Configuration cont’d
alw-card:loc=1201alw-card:loc=1203alw-card:loc=1211act-slk:loc=1201:link=Aact-slk:loc=1201:link=A1act-slk:loc=1201:link=A2act-slk:loc=1201:link=A4act-slk:loc=1201:link=A5act-slk:loc=1201:link=A8act-slk:loc=1201:link=A9act-slk:loc=1201:link=A10act-slk:loc=1201:link=A11act-slk:loc=1201:link=A12act-slk:loc=1203:link=Aact-slk:loc=1203:link=A1act-slk:loc=1211:link=Aact-slk:loc=1211:link=A1
381TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Portable STP Configuration
chg-sid:cpc=220-13-0:pc=220-13-1:clli=snfcca0100winit-sysent-card:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi:loc=1101ent-card:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi:loc=1103ent-card:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi:loc=1105ent-card:type=limds0:appl=ss7ansi:loc=1107ent-dstn:clli=dallas:dpc=220-13-2ent-dstn:clli=sandaltandm:dpc=220-13-3ent-dstn:clli=newboscpc:dpc=213-20-0ent-dstn:clli=newyork:dpc=213-20-1ent-dstn:clli=boston:dpc=213-20-2ent-dstn:clli=nybostandm:dpc=213-20-6:bei=yesent-dstn:clli=denslkcpc:dpc=190-12-0ent-dstn:clli=denver:dpc=190-12-1ent-dstn:clli=saltlake:dpc=190-12-2ent-dstn:clli=denslktandm:dpc=190-12-6:bei=yesent-ls:lsn=dallasls:apc=220-13-2:lst=cent-ls:lsn=tandemls:apc=220-13-3:lst=aent-ls:lsn=denverls:apc=190-12-1:lst=bent-ls:lsn=saltlakels:apc=190-12-2:lst=bent-ls:lsn=newyorkls:apc=213-20-1:lst=bent-ls:lsn=bostonls:apc=213-20-2:lst=bent-slk:slc=0:lsn=dallasls:loc=1101:link=aent-slk:slc=0:lsn=tandemls:loc=1103:link=aent-slk:slc=0:lsn=denverls:loc=1105:link=aent-slk:slc=0:lsn=saltlakels:loc=1107:link=aent-slk:slc=0:lsn=newyorkls:loc=1101:link=bent-slk:slc=0:lsn=bostonls:loc=1103:link=bent-rte:rc=10:lsn=denverls:dpc=190-12-0ent-rte:rc=10:lsn=saltlakels:dpc=190-12-0ent-rte:rc=30:lsn=dallasls:dpc=190-12-0
382TK145v9.7 For Training Purposes Only
Portable STP Configuration cont’d
ent-rte:rc=10: lsn=denverls:dpc=190-12-1ent-rte:rc=20:lsn= saltlakels:dpc=190-12-1ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=190-12-1ent-rte:rc=20: lsn=denverls:dpc=190-12-2ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= saltlakels:dpc=190-12-2ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=190-12-2ent-rte:rc=10: lsn=denverls:dpc=190-12-6ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= saltlakels:dpc=190-12-6ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=190-12-6ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= newyorkls:dpc=213-20-0ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= bostonls:dpc=213-20-0ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=213-20-0ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= newyorkls:dpc=213-20-1ent-rte:rc=20:lsn= bostonls:dpc=213-20-1ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=213-20-1ent-rte:rc=20:lsn= newyorkls:dpc=213-20-2ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= bostonls:dpc=213-20-2ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=213-20-2ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= newyorkls:dpc=213-20-6ent-rte:rc=10:lsn= bostonls:dpc=213-20-6ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=213-20-6ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=220-13-2ent-rte:rc=10:lsn=tandemls:dpc=220-13-3ent-rte:rc=30:lsn= dallasls:dpc=220-13-3alw-card:loc=1101alw-card:loc=1103alw-card:loc=1105alw-card:loc=1107act-slk:loc=1101:link=aact-slk:loc=1101:link=bact-slk:loc=1103:link=aact-slk:loc=1103:link=bact-slk:loc=1105:link=aact-slk:loc=1107:link=a